[go: up one dir, main page]
Scribd
Upload
203 views1,208 pages

EC

Uploaded by

catacho7

This document provides information on the engine control system for a specific vehicle, including: - A system diagram and descriptions of the multiport fuel injection and electronic ignition systems - Information on idle speed checks, learning procedures, and fuel pressure checks for basic service - Details on the onboard diagnostic system, including two trip detection logic and emission-related diagnostics - Troubleshooting information including priority charts, basic inspection steps, and a symptom matrix - Wiring diagrams and diagnostic procedures for common diagnostic trouble codes

Copyright:

Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
Download as pdf or txt

EC

Uploaded by

catacho7
203 views1,208 pages
This document provides information on the engine control system for a specific vehicle, including: - A system diagram and descriptions of the multiport fuel injection and electronic ignition systems - Information on idle speed checks, learning procedures, and fuel pressure checks for basic service - Details on the onboard diagnostic system, including two trip detection logic and emission-related diagnostics - Troubleshooting information including priority charts, basic inspection steps, and a symptom matrix - Wiring diagrams and diagnostic procedures for common diagnostic trouble codes

Copyright

© Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)

Available Formats

PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

This document provides information on the engine control system for a specific vehicle, including: - A system diagram and descriptions of the multiport fuel injection and electronic ignition systems - Information on idle speed checks, learning procedures, and fuel pressure checks for basic service - Details on the onboard diagnostic system, including two trip detection logic and emission-related diagnostics - Troubleshooting information including priority charts, basic inspection steps, and a symptom matrix - Wiring diagrams and diagnostic procedures for common diagnostic trouble codes

Copyright:

Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
Download as pdf or txt
203 views1,208 pages

EC

Uploaded by

catacho7
This document provides information on the engine control system for a specific vehicle, including: - A system diagram and descriptions of the multiport fuel injection and electronic ignition systems - Information on idle speed checks, learning procedures, and fuel pressure checks for basic service - Details on the onboard diagnostic system, including two trip detection logic and emission-related diagnostics - Troubleshooting information including priority charts, basic inspection steps, and a symptom matrix - Wiring diagrams and diagnostic procedures for common diagnostic trouble codes

Copyright:

Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 1208

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

B ENGINE

SECTION

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

EC

EC

CONTENTS
QR (FOR HONG KONG)
INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 14 . Alphabetical Index ................................................. 14 . DTC No. Index ...................................................... 17 . PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 20 . Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ............................................................... 20 . On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T ......................................................................... 20 . Precaution ............................................................. 20 . Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............... 23 . PREPARATION ........................................................ 24 . Special Service Tools ............................................ 24 . Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 25 . ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 26 . System Diagram .................................................... 26 . Vacuum Hose Drawing .......................................... 27 . System Chart ........................................................ 28 . Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 28 . Electronic Ignition (EI) System .............................. 31 . Air Conditioning Cut Control .................................. 31 . Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) ................................................................... 32 . CAN Communication Unit ..................................... 32 . BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 35 . Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check ................... 35 . Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ..... 36 . Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 37 . Idle Air Volume Learning ....................................... 37 . Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 39 . ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ........... 42 . Introduction ........................................................... 42 . Two Trip Detection Logic ....................................... 42 . Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 43 . NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) .......................... 55 . Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 55 . OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 58 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ........................................... 64 . Trouble Diagnosis Introduction .............................. 64 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 68 . Fail-safe Chart ....................................................... 69 . Basic Inspection .................................................... 70 . Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 75 . Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 79 . Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 84 . ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 86 . ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................... 86 . CONSULT-II Function ............................................ 93 . Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ...................... 104 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 105 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode .................................................................... 108 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE 110 . Description ........................................................... 110 . Testing Condition ................................................. 110 . Inspection Procedure ........................................... 110 . Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................111 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ...................................................................... 114 . Description ........................................................... 114 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 114 . POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 115 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 115 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 116 . Component Inspection ......................................... 122 . Ground Inspection ............................................... 122 . DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 123 Description ........................................................... 123 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 123 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 123 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 124 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 125 . DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL .................................... 126 . Description ........................................................... 126 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 126 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 127 .

EC-1

DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 127 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 128 . DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER .................... 129 . Description ........................................................... 129 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 129 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 129 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 129 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 131 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 132 . Component Inspection ......................................... 134 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 134 . DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .................... 135 . Description ........................................................... 135 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 135 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 135 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 135 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 137 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 138 . Component Inspection ......................................... 140 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 140 . DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 141 . Component Description ....................................... 141 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 141 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 141 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 142 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 143 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 144 . Component Inspection ......................................... 147 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 147 . DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .......................... 148 . Component Description ....................................... 148 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 148 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 148 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 150 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 151 . Component Inspection ......................................... 153 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 153 . DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 154 . Component Description ....................................... 154 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 154 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 155 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 156 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 157 . Component Inspection ......................................... 159 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 159 . DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ........................... 160 . Component Description ....................................... 160 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 160 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 160 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 161 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 162 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 164 . Component Inspection ......................................... 167 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 167 .

DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................ 168 . Component Description ....................................... 168 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .168 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 168 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 169 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 170 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 171 . Component Inspection ......................................... 173 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 174 . DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................ 175 . Component Description ....................................... 175 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .175 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 175 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 176 . Overall Function Check ........................................ 177 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 178 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 179 . Component Inspection ......................................... 182 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 184 . DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................ 185 . Component Description ....................................... 185 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .185 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 185 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 186 . Overall Function Check ........................................ 186 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 188 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 189 . Component Inspection ......................................... 190 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 192 . DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................ 193 . Component Description ....................................... 193 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .193 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 193 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 193 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 195 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 196 . Component Inspection ......................................... 197 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 199 . DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................ 200 . Component Description ....................................... 200 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .200 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 200 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 201 . Overall Function Check ........................................ 202 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 203 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 204 . Component Inspection ......................................... 206 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 207 . DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.208 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 208 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 208 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 210 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 211 .

EC-2

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION 215 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 215 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 215 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 217 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 218 . DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .......................... 221 . Component Description ....................................... 221 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 221 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 221 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 221 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 223 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 225 . Component Inspection ........................................ 228 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 228 . DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE .................... 229 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 229 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 229 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 230 . DTC P0327, P0328 KS .......................................... 234 . Component Description ....................................... 234 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 234 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 234 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 235 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 236 . Component Inspection ........................................ 238 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 238 . DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ......................... 239 . Component Description ....................................... 239 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 239 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 239 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 239 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 240 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 242 . Component Inspection ........................................ 244 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 245 . DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .................... 246 . Component Description ....................................... 246 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 246 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 246 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 247 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 248 . Component Inspection ........................................ 251 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 252 . DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION. 253 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 253 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 253 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 254 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 255 . DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .................... 257 . Description .......................................................... 257 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 257 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 258 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 258 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 259 .

Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 260 . Component Inspection ......................................... 262 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 262 . DTC P0500 VSS ..................................................... 263 . Description ........................................................... 263 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 263 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 263 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 264 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 264 . DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR .................................... 265 . Component Description ....................................... 265 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 265 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 265 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 265 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 266 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 267 . Component Inspection ......................................... 269 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 269 . DTC P0605 ECM .................................................... 270 . Component Description ....................................... 270 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 270 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 270 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 271 . DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ...................... 273 . Component Description ....................................... 273 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 273 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 273 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 274 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 275 . DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 277 . Component Description ....................................... 277 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 277 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 277 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 277 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 278 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 279 . Component Inspection ......................................... 280 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 280 . DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ............................................................ 281 . Component Description ....................................... 281 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 281 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 281 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 282 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 282 . DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ............................................................. 283 . Description ........................................................... 283 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 283 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 283 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 284 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 286 . Component Inspection ......................................... 289 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 290 . DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .................................................................... 291 . Component Description ....................................... 291 .

EC

EC-3

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 291 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 291 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 291 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 293 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 294 . Component Inspection ......................................... 296 . DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........ 297 . Component Description ....................................... 297 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 297 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 297 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 298 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 300 . Component Inspection ......................................... 301 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 301 . DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................ 302 . Component Description ....................................... 302 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 302 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 302 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 303 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 303 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 304 . Component Inspection ......................................... 306 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 307 . DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................ 308 . Component Description ....................................... 308 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 308 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 308 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 309 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 309 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 310 . Component Inspection ......................................... 312 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 313 . DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................ 314 . Component Description ....................................... 314 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 314 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 314 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 315 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 316 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 317 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 318 . Component Inspection ......................................... 320 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 321 . DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................ 322 . Component Description ....................................... 322 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 322 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 322 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 323 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 324 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 325 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 326 . Component Inspection ......................................... 328 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 329 . DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 330 . System Description .............................................. 330 .

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .331 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 331 . Overall Function Check ........................................ 331 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 334 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 335 . Main 12 Causes of Overheating .......................... 342 . Component Inspection ......................................... 343 . DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ....................................... 345 . Component Description ....................................... 345 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 345 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 345 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 346 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 346 . DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ....................................... 347 . Component Description ....................................... 347 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 347 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 347 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 348 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 348 . DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ............... 349 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 349 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 349 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 350 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 351 . DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 354 . Component Description ....................................... 354 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .354 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 354 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 354 . Overall Function Check ........................................ 355 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 356 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 357 . DTC P1720 VSS ..................................................... 359 . Description ........................................................... 359 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .359 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 359 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 359 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 360 . DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................ 361 . Description ........................................................... 361 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .361 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 361 . FAIL-SAFE MODE ............................................... 361 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 361 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 362 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 363 . Component Inspection ......................................... 364 . DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................ 366 . Component Description ....................................... 366 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .366 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 366 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 366 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 368 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 370 .

EC-4

Component Inspection ........................................ 372 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 372 . DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ....................... 373 . Component Description ....................................... 373 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 373 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 373 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 373 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 375 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 377 . Component Inspection ........................................ 380 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 380 . DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ....................................... 381 . Component Description ....................................... 381 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 381 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 381 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 381 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 383 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 385 . Component Inspection ........................................ 388 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 388 . DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .................................... 389 . Component Description ....................................... 389 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 389 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 389 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 390 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 391 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 393 . Component Inspection ........................................ 396 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 396 . IGNITION SIGNAL ................................................. 397 . Component Description ....................................... 397 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 398 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 401 . Component Inspection ........................................ 406 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 407 . INJECTOR CIRCUIT .............................................. 408 . Component Description ....................................... 408 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 408 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 409 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 410 . Component Inspection ........................................ 413 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 413 . VIAS ....................................................................... 414 . Description .......................................................... 414 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 415 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 416 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 418 . Component Inspection ........................................ 421 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 422 . FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ........................................... 423 . Description .......................................................... 423 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 423 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 424 .

Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 425 . Component Inspection ......................................... 428 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 428 . REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 429 . Component Description ....................................... 429 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 430 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 431 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 433 . ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ............................... 434 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 434 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 435 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 438 . MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................... 443 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 443 . EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .................... 445 . Description ........................................................... 445 . Component Inspection ......................................... 447 . POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION .............. 449 . Description ........................................................... 449 . Component Inspection ......................................... 449 . SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ... 451 . Fuel Pressure ...................................................... 451 . Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................ 451 . Calculated Load Value ......................................... 451 . Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 451 . Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 451 . Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................. 451 . Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................ 451 . Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ......................... 451 . Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ...................... 451 . Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ................... 451 . Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 451 . Injector ................................................................. 452 . Fuel Pump ........................................................... 452 .

EC

QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)


INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 453 . Alphabetical Index ............................................... 453 . DTC No. Index ..................................................... 455 . PRECAUTIONS ..................................................... 457 . Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER .............................................................. 457 . On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ... 457 . Precaution ........................................................... 457 . Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............. 460 . PREPARATION ...................................................... 461 . Special Service Tools .......................................... 461 . Commercial Service Tools ................................... 462 . ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 463 . System Diagram .................................................. 463 . Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................ 466 . System Chart ....................................................... 468 . Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................. 469 . Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................ 471 . Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................ 472 . Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine L

EC-5

Speed) ................................................................. 472 . CAN Communication Unit .................................... 473 . BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................ 478 . Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check ................. 478 . Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ... 479 . Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning .............. 480 . Idle Air Volume Learning ..................................... 480 . Fuel Pressure Check ........................................... 482 . ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......... 485 . Introduction .......................................................... 485 . Two Trip Detection Logic ..................................... 485 . Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............. 485 . NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ......................... 487 . Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................ 488 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ......................................... 492 . Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................ 492 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 495 . Fail-safe Chart ..................................................... 496 . Basic Inspection .................................................. 498 . Symptom Matrix Chart ......................................... 504 . Engine Control Component Parts Location ......... 508 . Circuit Diagram .................................................... 517 . ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout .......... 519 . ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 519 . CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 528 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 541 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode .................................................................... 544 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE 547 . Description ........................................................... 547 . Testing Condition ................................................. 547 . Inspection Procedure ........................................... 547 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 548 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ...................................................................... 551 . Description ........................................................... 551 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 551 . POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 552 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 552 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 553 . Component Inspection ......................................... 559 . Ground Inspection ............................................... 559 . DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 560 Description ........................................................... 560 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 560 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 560 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 561 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 562 . DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL .................................... 563 . Description ........................................................... 563 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 563 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 564 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 564 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 565 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 566 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 567 .

Component Inspection ......................................... 569 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 569 . DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 570 . Component Description ....................................... 570 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .570 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 570 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 570 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 572 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 573 . Component Inspection ......................................... 576 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 576 . DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 577 . Component Description ....................................... 577 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 577 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 578 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 579 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 580 . Component Inspection ......................................... 582 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 582 . DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ........................... 583 . Component Description ....................................... 583 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .583 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 583 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 583 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 585 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 587 . Component Inspection ......................................... 590 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 590 . DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................ 591 . Component Description ....................................... 591 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .591 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 591 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 592 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 593 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 594 . Component Inspection ......................................... 597 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 598 . DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................ 599 . Component Description ....................................... 599 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .599 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 599 . Overall Function Check ........................................ 600 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 601 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 602 . Component Inspection ......................................... 604 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 605 . DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 606 . Component Description ....................................... 606 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .606 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 606 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 606 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 608 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 610 .

EC-6

Component Inspection ........................................ 613 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 613 . DTC P0327, P0328 KS .......................................... 614 . Component Description ....................................... 614 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 614 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 614 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 615 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 616 . Component Inspection ........................................ 618 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 618 . DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ......................... 619 . Component Description ....................................... 619 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 619 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 619 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 619 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 621 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 623 . Component Inspection ........................................ 625 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 626 . DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .................... 627 . Component Description ....................................... 627 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 627 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 627 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 629 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 630 . Component Inspection ........................................ 634 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 634 . DTC P0500 VSS .................................................... 635 . Description .......................................................... 635 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 635 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 635 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 636 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 636 . DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR .................................... 637 . Component Description ....................................... 637 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 637 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 637 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 637 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 638 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 639 . Component Inspection ........................................ 641 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 641 . DTC P0605 ECM ................................................... 642 . Component Description ....................................... 642 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 642 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 642 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 644 . DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ...................... 645 . Component Description ....................................... 645 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 645 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 645 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 646 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 647 . DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ........................................................... 649 . Component Description ....................................... 649 . On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 649 .

DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 649 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 650 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 651 . DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ............................................................. 652 . Description ........................................................... 652 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 652 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 652 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 654 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 658 . Component Inspection ......................................... 661 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 662 . DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .................................................................... 663 . Component Description ....................................... 663 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 663 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 663 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 663 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 665 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 668 . Component Inspection ......................................... 670 . DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........ 671 . Component Description ....................................... 671 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 671 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 671 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 672 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 676 . Component Inspection ......................................... 677 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 678 . DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 679 . System Description .............................................. 679 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 680 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 680 . Overall Function Check ....................................... 681 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 683 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 686 . Main 12 Causes of Overheating .......................... 693 . Component Inspection ......................................... 694 . DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ....................................... 696 . Component Description ....................................... 696 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 696 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 696 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 697 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 697 . DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ....................................... 698 . Component Description ....................................... 698 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 698 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 698 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 699 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 699 . DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ............... 700 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 700 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 700 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 701 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 702 . DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ............... 705 . Component Description ....................................... 705 .

EC

EC-7

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 705 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 705 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 706 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 707 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 711 . Component Inspection ......................................... 714 . DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ..................... 715 . Component Description ....................................... 715 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 715 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 715 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 716 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 717 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 719 . Component Inspection ......................................... 723 . DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 725 . Component Description ....................................... 725 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 725 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 725 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 726 . DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................ 727 . Description ........................................................... 727 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 727 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 727 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 727 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 729 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 730 . Component Inspection ......................................... 731 . DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................ 733 . Component Description ....................................... 733 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 733 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 733 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 733 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 735 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 737 . Component Inspection ......................................... 739 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 739 . DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................ 740 . Component Description ....................................... 740 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 740 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 740 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 740 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 742 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 744 . Component Inspection ......................................... 747 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 747 . DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ....................................... 748 . Component Description ....................................... 748 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 748 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 748 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 748 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 750 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 752 .

Component Inspection ......................................... 755 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 755 . DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 756 . Component Description ....................................... 756 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .756 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 756 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 757 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 758 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 760 . Component Inspection ......................................... 763 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 763 . HO2S1 HEATER ..................................................... 764 . Description ........................................................... 764 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .764 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 765 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 766 . Component Inspection ......................................... 769 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 769 . HO2S2 HEATER ..................................................... 770 . Description ........................................................... 770 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .770 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 771 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 772 . Component Inspection ......................................... 775 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 775 . IAT SENSOR .......................................................... 776 . Component Description ....................................... 776 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 777 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 778 . Component Inspection ......................................... 780 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 780 . HO2S1 .................................................................... 781 . Component Description ....................................... 781 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .781 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 782 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 783 . Component Inspection ......................................... 786 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 787 . HO2S2 .................................................................... 788 . Component Description ....................................... 788 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .788 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 789 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 790 . Component Inspection ......................................... 792 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 793 . IGNITION SIGNAL ................................................. 794 . Component Description ....................................... 794 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 795 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 798 . Component Inspection ......................................... 803 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 804 . EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 805 . Description ........................................................... 805 .

EC-8

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 805 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 806 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 808 . Component Inspection .........................................811 . Removal and Installation ......................................811 . PNP SWITCH ......................................................... 812 . Component Description ....................................... 812 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 812 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 813 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 814 . INJECTOR CIRCUIT .............................................. 816 . Component Description ....................................... 816 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 816 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 817 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 818 . Component Inspection ........................................ 820 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 821 . VIAS ....................................................................... 822 . Description .......................................................... 822 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 823 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 824 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 826 . Component Inspection ........................................ 829 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 830 . FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ........................................... 831 . Description .......................................................... 831 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 831 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 832 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 835 . Component Inspection ........................................ 838 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 838 . ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR ....................... 839 . Component Description ....................................... 839 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 840 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 841 . Component Inspection ........................................ 844 . REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................ 845 . Component Description ....................................... 845 . Wiring Diagram ................................................... 846 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 847 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 850 . ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ............................... 851 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 851 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 852 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 857 . ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ........................................ 863 . Component Description ....................................... 863 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 863 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 864 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 865 . Component Inspection ........................................ 869 .

ASCD INDICATOR ................................................. 871 . Component Description ....................................... 871 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 871 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 872 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 875 . MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................... 876 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 876 . EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .................... 884 . Description ........................................................... 884 . Component Inspection ......................................... 887 . POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION .............. 889 . Description ........................................................... 889 . Component Inspection ......................................... 889 . AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD). 891 System Description .............................................. 891 . Component Description ....................................... 892 . SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ... 893 . Fuel Pressure ...................................................... 893 . Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................ 893 . Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 893 . Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 893 . Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................. 893 . Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................ 893 . Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ......................... 893 . Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ...................... 893 . Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ................... 893 . Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 893 . Injector ................................................................. 894 . Fuel Pump ........................................................... 894 .

EC

YD
INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 895 . Alphabetical Index ............................................... 895 . DTC No. Index ..................................................... 897 . PRECAUTIONS ..................................................... 899 . Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER .............................................................. 899 . On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ... 899 . Precautions .......................................................... 899 . Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............. 902 . PREPARATION ...................................................... 903 . Special Service Tools .......................................... 903 . Commercial Service Tools ................................... 903 . ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 904 . System Diagram .................................................. 904 . Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................ 905 . System Chart ....................................................... 906 . Fuel Injection Control System .............................. 906 . Fuel Injection Timing Control System .................. 908 . Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................ 908 . Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) 908 . Crankcase Ventilation System ............................. 909 . CAN Communication ........................................... 909 . BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................ 911 . Fuel Filter ............................................................. 911 . Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing .................... 911 .

EC-9

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......... 913 . DTC and MIL Detection Logic ............................. 913 . Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) .......................... 913 . Freeze Frame Data .............................................. 914 . NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ......................... 914 . Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................ 914 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ......................................... 917 . Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................ 917 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 920 . Basic Inspection .................................................. 921 . Symptom Matrix Chart ......................................... 926 . Engine Control Component Parts Location ......... 930 . Circuit Diagram .................................................... 934 . ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout .......... 936 . ECM Terminals And Reference Value ................. 936 . CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 942 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 949 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode .................................................................... 951 . TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ...................................................................... 953 . Description ........................................................... 953 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 953 . POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 954 . ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 954 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 955 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 956 . Component Inspection ......................................... 962 . Ground Inspection ............................................... 963 . DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ........... 964 . Description ........................................................... 964 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 964 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 964 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 965 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 966 . DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION .............. 967 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 967 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 967 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 967 . DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ................................... 969 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 969 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 969 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 969 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 971 . DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 972 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 972 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 972 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 972 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 973 . DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ................................... 974 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 974 . DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 974 . Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 974 . Component Inspection ......................................... 976 . Removal and Installation ..................................... 977 . DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 978 . Component Description ....................................... 978 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

.978 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 978 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 978 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 978 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 980 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 981 . Component Inspection ......................................... 983 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 983 . DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 984 . Component Description ....................................... 984 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 984 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 984 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 986 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 987 . Component Inspection ......................................... 989 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 989 . DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 990 . Description ........................................................... 990 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 990 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 990 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 992 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 993 . Component Inspection ......................................... 995 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 995 . DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ........................ 996 . Description ........................................................... 996 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .996 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 996 . On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 997 . DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 997 . Wiring Diagram .................................................... 998 . Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 999 . Component Inspection ......................................... 1001 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1001 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................................................. 1002 Description ........................................................... 1002 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1002 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1002 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1002 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1002 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1004 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1005 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1006 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ........................ 1007 Description ........................................................... 1007 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1007 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1007 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1007 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1008 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1009 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1010 Component Inspection ......................................... 1012 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1012 DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ................................ 1013 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1013

EC-10

DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 013 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 013 1 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ................. 015 1 Component Description ....................................... 015 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1015 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 015 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 016 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 017 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 018 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 019 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 020 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 020 1 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ...... 021 1 System Description ............................................. 021 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1021 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 021 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 022 1 Overall Function Check ....................................... 022 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 024 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 025 1 Main 12 Causes of Overheating .......................... 033 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 034 1 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ....................... 035 1 Description .......................................................... 035 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1035 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 035 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 036 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 036 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 037 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 038 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 040 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 040 1 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM ....................................... 041 1 Description .......................................................... 041 1 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ................... 041 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 042 1 Overall Function Check ....................................... 042 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 043 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 044 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 046 1 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ............ 048 1 Component Description ....................................... 048 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1048 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 048 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 049 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 049 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 050 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 051 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 053 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 053 1 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR .................................... 054 1 Description .......................................................... 054 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1054 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 054 1

On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1055 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 055 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 056 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 057 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 1059 Removal and Installation ..................................... 059 1 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR .................................... 060 1 Description ........................................................... 060 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1060 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 060 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1061 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 061 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 062 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 063 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 1065 Removal and Installation ..................................... 065 1 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .................................... 066 1 Description ........................................................... 066 1 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 066 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1066 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 067 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 068 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 069 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 1071 Removal and Installation ..................................... 071 1 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR .................................... 072 1 Description ........................................................... 072 1 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 072 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1072 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 073 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 074 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 075 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 1078 Removal and Installation ..................................... 078 1 DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE ......................... 079 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1079 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 079 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 079 1 DTC P0605 ECM .................................................... 081 1 Description ........................................................... 081 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1081 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 081 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 082 1 DTC P0606 ECM .................................................... 083 1 Description ........................................................... 083 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1083 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 083 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 084 1 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ........................... 085 1 Description ........................................................... 085 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1085 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 085 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1086 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 086 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 087 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 088 1

EC

EC-11

Component Inspection ......................................... 1089 Removal and Installation ..................................... 1089 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ... 1090 Description ........................................................... 1090 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1090 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1090 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1091 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 1091 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1092 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 1093 Component Inspection ......................................... 1094 Removal and Installation ..................................... 1095 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ... 1096 Description ........................................................... 1096 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1096 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1096 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1097 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 1097 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1098 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 1099 Component Inspection ......................................... 100 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 101 1 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ....................................... 102 1 ECM Terminals and Reference valve .................. 102 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 102 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 102 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 104 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 105 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 106 1 DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR .................................................. 107 1 Description ........................................................... 107 1 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 107 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 107 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 108 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 109 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 110 1 Component Inspection .........................................1111 Removal and Installation ..................................... 112 1 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR .................. 113 1 Component Description ....................................... 113 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1113 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 113 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 114 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 115 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 116 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 117 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 118 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 118 1 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 119 1 Description ........................................................... 119 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1119 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 119 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 120 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 120 1

Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1122 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1123 Component Inspection ......................................... 1124 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1124 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1126 Description ........................................................... 1126 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1126 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1126 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1127 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1127 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1128 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1129 Component Inspection ......................................... 1130 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1130 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1131 Description ........................................................... 1131 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1131 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1131 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1132 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1132 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1133 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1134 Component Inspection ......................................... 1135 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1135 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1136 Description ........................................................... 1136 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1136 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1136 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1137 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1137 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1138 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1139 Component Inspection ......................................... 1140 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1140 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ..................................... 1141 Description ........................................................... 1141 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1141 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1141 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1142 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1142 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1143 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1144 Component Inspection ......................................... 1146 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1146 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY ......................................................................... 1147 Component Description ....................................... 1147 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1147 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1147 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1148 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1149 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1150 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1151

EC-12

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT ... 152 1 Component Description ....................................... 152 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1152 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 152 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 153 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 153 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 155 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 156 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 157 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 158 1 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR .................... 159 1 Description .......................................................... 159 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 159 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 159 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 160 1 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 161 1 Description .......................................................... 161 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 162 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 164 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 168 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 168 1 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 169 1 Description .......................................................... 169 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1170 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 170 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 171 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 172 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 173 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 175 1 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .......... 176 1 Description .......................................................... 176 1 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................. 176 1 Wiring Diagram ................................................... 177 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 178 1 Component Inspection ........................................ 179 1 BRAKE SWITCH ................................................... 180 1 Description .......................................................... 180 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1180

ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 180 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 181 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 182 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 183 1 PNP SWITCH ......................................................... 185 1 Description ........................................................... 185 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1185 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 185 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 186 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 187 1 PSP SWITCH ......................................................... 189 1 Component Description ....................................... 189 1 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1189 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 189 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 190 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 191 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 192 1 Removal and Installation ..................................... 192 1 FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP ................................... 193 1 Description ........................................................... 193 1 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 194 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 195 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 197 1 Component Inspection ......................................... 1200 Removal and Installation ..................................... 201 1 START SIGNAL ..................................................... 202 1 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 202 1 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 203 1 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................... 1205 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 205 1 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ... 207 1 General Specifications ......................................... 1207 Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 207 1 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................. 207 1 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ................................... 1207 Glow Plug ............................................................ 207 1 EGR Volume Control Valve ................................. 207 1 Crankshaft Position Sensor ................................. 207 1 Camshaft Position Sensor ................................... 1207

EC

EC-13

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

PFP:00024
EBS015U0

NOTE: If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-123, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) A/T 1ST GR FNCTN A/T 2ND GR FNCTN A/T 3RD GR FNCTN A/T 4TH GR FNCTN APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SENSOR ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 CTP LEARNING CTP LEARNING CYL 1 MISFIRE CYL 2 MISFIRE CYL 3 MISFIRE CYL 4 MISFIRE ECM ECM BACK UP/CIRC ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ENG OVER TEMP ENGINE SPEED SIG ETC ACTR ETC FUNCTION/CIRC ETC MOT ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT PWR FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) DTC*1 CONSULT-II GST*2 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 P0710 P1805 U1000 U1001 P0335 P0340 P1225 P1226 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0605 P1065 P0117 P0118 P1217 P0725 P1121 P1122 P1128 P1124 P1126 P0171 P0172 P0132 P0133 P0134 Trip ECM*3 0731 0732 0733 0734 2122 2123 2127 2128 2138 0710 1805 1000*5 1001*5 0335 0340 1225 1226 0301 0302 0303 0304 0605 1065 0117 0118 1217 0725 1121 1122 1128 1124 1126 0171 0172 0132 0133 0134 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 or 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 MIL lighting up or Reference page

AT-125 AT-129 AT-132 AT-135 EC-366 EC-366 EC-373 EC-373 EC-389 AT-107 EC-361 EC-123 EC-123 EC-239 EC-246 EC-345 EC-347 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-270 EC-273 EC-154 EC-154 EC-330 AT-119 EC-281 EC-283 EC-297 EC-291 EC-291 EC-208 EC-215 EC-168 EC-175 EC-185

EC-14

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 HTR (B1) HO2S1 HTR (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) IAT SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT INT/V TIM CONT-B1 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MULTI CYL MISFIRE NATS MALFUNCTION NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT PNP SW/CIRC PURG VOLUME CONT/V PURG VOLUME CONT/V PW ST P SEN/CIRC SENSOR POWER/CIRC SFT SOL A/CIRC SFT SOL B/CIRC TCC SOLENOID/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SENSOR TP SEN/CIRC A/T TW CATALYST SYS-B1 CONSULT-II GST*2 P1143 P1144 P0031 P0032 P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 P0037 P0038 P0112 P0113 P0011 P1111 P0327 P0328 P0745 P0102 P0103 P0300 P1610 - P1615 No DTC Trip ECM*3 1143 1144 0031 0032 0138 0139 1146 1147 0037 0038 0112 0113 0011 1111 0327 0328 0745 0102 0103 0300 1610 - 1615 Flashing*4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 MIL lighting up Flashing*
4

Reference page

EC-302 EC-308 EC-129 EC-129 EC-193 EC-200 EC-314 EC-322 EC-135 EC-135 EC-148 EC-148 EC-126 EC-277 EC-234 EC-234 AT-147 EC-141 EC-141 EC-229 EC-55

EC

J
EC-56

K
P0000 P1760 P1706 P0705 P0444 P0445 P0550 P1229 P0750 P0755 P0740 P0222 P0223 P0122 P0123 P2135 P1705 P0420 0000 1760 1706 0705 0444 0445 0550 1229 0750 0755 0740 0222 0223 0122 0123 2135 1705 0420 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 AT-171 EC-354 AT-103 EC-257 EC-257 EC-265 EC-349 AT-154 AT-160 AT-141 EC-221 EC-221 EC-160 EC-160 EC-381 AT-166 EC-253

EC-15

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC CONSULT-II GST*
2

Trip ECM*3 1720 0720 0500 2 2 2

MIL lighting up

Reference page

P1720 P0720 P0500

EC-359 AT-112 EC-263

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: When engine is running. *5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

EC-16

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC No. Index

EBS015U1

NOTE: If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-123, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1 CONSULT-II GST*
2

EC
ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. INT/V TIM CONT-B1 HO2S1 HTR (B1) HO2S1 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC MULTI CYL MISFIRE CYL 1 MISFIRE CYL 2 MISFIRE CYL 3 MISFIRE CYL 4 MISFIRE KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 Trip MIL lighting up Reference page

C
1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Flashing*4 EC-56

No DTC U1000 U1001 P0000 P0011 P0031 P0032 P0037 P0038 P0102 P0103 P0112 P0113 P0117 P0118 P0122 P0123 P0132 P0133 P0134 P0138 P0139 P0171 P0172 P0222 P0223 P0300 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0327 P0328 P0335 P0340 P0420

Flashing*4 1000*5 1001*5 0000 0011 0031 0032 0037 0038 0102 0103 0112 0113 0117 0118 0122 0123 0132 0133 0134 0138 0139 0171 0172 0222 0223 0300 0301 0302 0303 0304 0327 0328 0335 0340 0420

D
EC-123 EC-123

E
EC-126 EC-129 EC-129 EC-135 EC-135 EC-141 EC-141 EC-148 EC-148 EC-154 EC-154 EC-160 EC-160 EC-168 EC-175 EC-185 EC-193 EC-200 EC-208 EC-215 EC-221 EC-221 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-234 EC-234 EC-239 EC-246 EC-253

EC-17

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 CONSULT-II GST*
2

ECM*3 0444 0445 0500 0550 0605 0705 0710 0720 0725 0731 0732 0733 0734 0740 0745 0750 0755 1065 1111 1121 1122 1124 1126 1128 1143 1144 1146 1147 1217 1225 1226 1229 1610 - 1615 1705 1706 1720 1760 1805 2122 2123 2127 2128

Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) PURG VOLUME CONT/V PURG VOLUME CONT/V VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC PW ST P SEN/CIRC ECM PNP SW/CIRC ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT ENGINE SPEED SIG A/T 1ST GR FNCTN A/T 2ND GR FNCTN A/T 3RD GR FNCTN A/T 4TH GR FNCTN TCC SOLENOID/CIRC L/PRESS SOL/CIRC SFT SOL A/CIRC SFT SOL B/CIRC ECM BACK UP/CIRC INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 ETC ACTR ETC FUNCTION/CIRC ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) ENG OVER TEMP CTP LEARNING CTP LEARNING SENSOR POWER/CIRC NATS MALFUNCTION TP SEN/CIRC A/T P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC

Trip

MIL lighting up or

Reference page

P0444 P0445 P0500 P0550 P0605 P0705 P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0740 P0745 P0750 P0755 P1065 P1111 P1121 P1122 P1124 P1126 P1128 P1143 P1144 P1146 P1147 P1217 P1225 P1226 P1229 P1610 - P1615 P1705 P1706 P1720 P1760 P1805 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128

2 2 2 2 1 or 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

EC-257 EC-257 EC-263 EC-265 EC-270 AT-103 AT-107 AT-112 AT-119 AT-125 AT-129 AT-132 AT-135 AT-141 AT-147 AT-154 AT-160 EC-273 EC-277 EC-281 EC-283 EC-291 EC-291 EC-297 EC-302 EC-308 EC-314 EC-322 EC-330 EC-345 EC-347 EC-349 EC-55 AT-166 EC-354 EC-359 AT-171 EC-361 EC-366 EC-366 EC-373 EC-373

EC-18

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 CONSULT-II GST*2 P2135 P2138 ECM*3 2135 2138 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) TP SENSOR APP SENSOR Trip MIL lighting up Reference page

1 1

EC-381 EC-389

EC

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: When engine is running. *5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

EC-19

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
PFP:00001 PRECAUTIONS Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

EBS015U2

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: q To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. q Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. q Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T

EBS015U3

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: q Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. q Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) q Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-72, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" . q Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. q Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc. q Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Precaution
q q

EBS015U4

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

EC-20

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q q

Do not disassemble ECM. If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the initial ECM values. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.

EC

C
PBIB1164E

D
q

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.

G
PBIB1512E

q q

q q q

q q

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-86 . Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS).

K
PBIB0090E

MEF040D

EC-21

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM harness connector. When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/ output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

SEF348N

q q

Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

PBIB0513E

EC-22

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q q

Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily. Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

EC

C
SEF709Y

D
q

When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave radio can be kept smaller. Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

G
SEF708Y

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis


When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following: q GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams" q PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: q GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" q GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EBS015U5

EC-23

PREPARATION
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

PREPARATION Special Service Tools


Tool number Tool name KV10117100 Heated oxygen sensor wrench Description

PFP:00002
EBS015U6

Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut

S-NT379

KV10114400 Heated oxygen sensor wrench

Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in)

S-NT636

EG17650301 Radiator cap tester adapter

Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radiator filler neck a: 28 (1.10) dia. b: 31.4 (1.236) dia. c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

KV109E0010 Break-out box

Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

NT825

KV109E0080 Y-cable adapter

Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

NT826

EC-24

PREPARATION
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Commercial Service Tools


Tool name Quick connector release Description

EBS015U7

A
Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine room (Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part No. 16441 6N210)

EC

C
PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter

Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure

S-NT653

Socket wrench

Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor

S-NT705

H
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12)

AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A907)
S-NT779

Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads.

EC-25

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram

PFP:23710
EBS015U8

PBIB2196E

EC-26

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Vacuum Hose Drawing

EBS015U9

EC

PBIB1445E

Refer to EC-26, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-27

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

System Chart
Input (Sensor)
q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q

EBS015UA

ECM Function Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Electronic ignition system Fuel pump control On board diagnostic system Power valve control Intake valve timing control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control EVAP canister purge flow control Air conditioning cut control

Output (Actuator) Fuel injector Power transistor Fuel pump relay MIL (On the instrument panel)*3 VIAS control solenoid valve Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Air conditioner relay

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1 Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Intake air temperature sensor Power steering pressure sensor Ignition switch Battery voltage Knock sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Stop lamp switch Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 TCM (Transmission control module)*2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 Air conditioner switch Wheel sensor*2 Electrical load signal

Cooling fan control

Cooling fan relay

q q q

*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: This output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1 Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Knock sensor Battery Power steering pressure sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Wheel sensor*
2

EBS015UB

Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*3 and piston position Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Gear position Engine knocking condition Battery voltage*3 Power steering operation Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Vehicle speed Air conditioner operation

ECM function

Actuator

Fuel injection & mixture ratio control

Fuel injector

Air conditioner switch

*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

EC-28

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of A time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air EC flow sensor.

VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION


In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. <Fuel increase> q During warm-up q When starting the engine q During acceleration q Hot-engine operation q When selector lever is changed from N to D q High-load, high-speed operation <Fuel decrease> q During deceleration q During high engine speed operation
C

MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)


H

J
PBIB0121E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-168 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2.

Open Loop Control


The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. q Deceleration and acceleration q High-load, high-speed operation q Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit q Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature q High engine coolant temperature q During warm-up q After shifting from N to D q When starting the engine

EC-29

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim. Short term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. Long term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System


Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running.

Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System


Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.

FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

EC-30

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Electronic Ignition (EI) System


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Knock sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Battery Wheel sensor*1 Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*2 piston position Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Engine knocking Gear position Battery voltage*2 Vehicle speed Ignition timing control Power transistor ECM function Actuator

EBS015UC

EC

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec A BTDC During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. q At starting SEF742M q During warm-up q At idle q At low battery voltage q During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.

Air Conditioning Cut Control


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Air conditioner switch Throttle position sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Battery Refrigerant pressure sensor Power steering pressure sensor Wheel sensor*1 Input Signal to ECM Air conditioner ON signal Throttle valve opening angle Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage*
2

EBS015UD

ECM function

Actuator

Air conditioner cut control

Air conditioner relay

Refrigerant pressure Power steering operation Vehicle speed

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

EC-31

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. q When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. q When cranking the engine. q At high engine speeds. q When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. q When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. q When engine speed is excessively low. q When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Accelerator pedal position sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Wheel sensor* Input Signal to ECM Neutral position Accelerator pedal position Engine coolant temperature Engine speed Vehicle speed Fuel cut control Fuel injector ECM function Actuator

EBS015UE

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-28 .

CAN Communication Unit


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EBS015UF

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

EC-32

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A

EC

F
PKIA6457E

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


T: Transmit R: Receive Signals ECM TCM R Stop lamp switch signal PN range signal A/T position indicator lamp signal A/T CHECK switch signal*
1

G
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4WD control unit Combination meter T T R T R T R T T T T T T R T T R R T R R T T T T R T T T R R R T R R R R R R R R R R T R T R T R

A/T CHECK indicator signal*1 Overdrive control switch signal*2 O/D OFF indicator signal*2 Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C compressor feedback signal Vehicle speed signal ABS warning lamp signal 4WD warning lamp signal 4WD mode indicator lamp signal Parking brake switch signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal

EC-33

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Signals ECM T R *1: For the Middle East *2: Except for the Middle East TCM R T ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4WD control unit Combination meter

Engine A/T integrated control signal

EC-34

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check


IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

PFP:00018

A
EBS015UG

EC

E
SEF058Y

With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
F

IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
G

Method A
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown in the figure.
H

J
PBIB1975E

2.

Check ignition timing.


L

PBIB0514E

EC-35

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil.

PBIB1982E

2.

Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this wire.

PBIB1976E

SEF166Y

3.

Check ignition timing.

PBIB0514E

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning


DESCRIPTION

EBS015UH

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. 2. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.

EC-36

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EBS015UI

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning


DESCRIPTION

EC

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
EBS015UJ

Idle Air Volume Learning


DESCRIPTION

Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: q Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. q Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. q Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) q Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95C (158 - 203F) q PNP switch: ON q Electric load switch: OFF (Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) q Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) q Vehicle speed: Stopped q Transmission: Warmed-up For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/T system indicates less than 0.9V. For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
H

OPERATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode.

SEF217Z

EC-37

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
6. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.

SEF454Y

7.

8.

Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If CMPLT is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
SPECIFICATION 70050 rpm (in P or N position) 155 BTDC (in P or N position)
MBIB0238E

ITEM Idle speed Ignition timing

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: q It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. q It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . 2. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 7. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds. a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turned ON. 9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON. 10. Start engine and let it idle. 11. Wait 20 seconds.

SEC897C

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.

EC-38

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
ITEM Idle speed Ignition timing SPECIFICATION 70050 rpm (in P or N position) 155 BTDC (in P or N position)

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried EC out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. C If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: 1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed. 2. Check PCV valve operation. 3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. 4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform EC-110, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . 5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again: q Engine stalls. q Erroneous idle.

Fuel Pressure Check


FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EBS015UK

SEF214Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
M

PBIB0508E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK


Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because T30 models do not have fuel return system.

EC-39

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
CAUTION: q The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other purposes. q Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside. q When installing fuel hose quick connector, refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" . 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . 2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge. q Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). q To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check. q Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. q Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure. 3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" . q Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose. q Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector. q Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover. 4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure. q Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline. q Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube and No.1 spool. q Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the No.1 spool on fuel tube. q Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00). q When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E q When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for damage and abnormality. q Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. q Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). Tightening torque:
q

1 - 1.5 Nm (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

5.

6. 7. 8.

Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off. Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage. PBIB1977E Start engine and check for fuel leakage. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. q Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings. q During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes. At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. 10. Check the following. q Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging q Fuel filter for clogging q Fuel pump q Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

EC-40

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace.
A

EC

EC-41

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction

PFP:00028
EBS015UL

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Freeze Frame data System Readiness Test (SRT) code 1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) 1st Trip Freeze Frame data Test values and Test limits Calibration ID Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5 Mode 9 of ISO 15031-5 : Applicable SRT code ISO Standard Mode 3 of ISO 15031-5 Mode 2 of ISO 15031-5 Mode 1 of ISO 15031-5 Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
DTC CONSULT-II GST ECM 1st trip DTC * Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data

: Not applicable Test value

*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-69 .)

Two Trip Detection Logic

EBS015UM

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
: Applicable : Not applicable 1st trip DTC 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying MIL Items 1st trip Blinking Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-14 ) Except above Lighting up 2nd trip Blinking Lighting up DTC 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.

EC-42

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EBS015UN

Emission-related Diagnostic Information


EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. INT/V TIM CONT-B1 HO2S1 HTR (B1) HO2S1 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B1) MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC MULTI CYL MISFIRE CYL 1 MISFIRE CYL 2 MISFIRE CYL 3 MISFIRE CYL 4 MISFIRE KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 PURG VOLUME CONT/V CONSULT-II GST*2 U1000 U1001 P0000 P0011 P0031 P0032 P0037 P0038 P0102 P0103 P0112 P0113 P0117 P0118 P0122 P0123 P0132 P0133 P0134 P0138 P0139 P0171 P0172 P0222 P0223 P0300 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0327 P0328 P0335 P0340 P0420 P0444 SRT code ECM*3 1000*4 1001*
4

EC

Test Valve/ Test Limit (GST only)

1st trip DTC

Reference page

EC-123 EC-123 EC-126 EC-129 EC-129 EC-135 EC-135 EC-141 EC-141 EC-148 EC-148 EC-154 EC-154 EC-160 EC-160 EC-168 EC-175 EC-185 EC-193 EC-200 EC-208 EC-215 EC-221 EC-221 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-229 EC-234 EC-234 EC-239 EC-246 EC-253 EC-257

0000 0011 0031 0032 0037 0038 0102 0103 0112 0113 0117 0118 0122 0123 0132 0133 0134 0138 0139 0171 0172 0222 0223 0300 0301 0302 0303 0304 0327 0328 0335 0340 0420 0444

EC-43

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) PURG VOLUME CONT/V VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC PW ST P SEN/CIRC ECM PNP SW/CIRC ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT ENGINE SPEED SIG A/T 1ST GR FNCTN A/T 2ND GR FNCTN A/T 3RD GR FNCTN A/T 4TH GR FNCTN TCC SOLENOID/CIRC L/PRESS SOL/CIRC SFT SOL A/CIRC SFT SOL B/CIRC ECM BACK UP/CIRC INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 ETC ACTR ETC FUNCTION/CIRC ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT HO2S1 (B1) HO2S1 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B1) ENG OVER TEMP CTP LEARNING CTP LEARNING SENSOR POWER/CIRC NATS MALFUNCTION TP SEN/CIRC A/T P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC CONSULT-II GST*
2

SRT code ECM*3 0445 0500 0550 0605 0705 0710 0720 0725 0731 0732 0733 0734 0740 0745 0750 0755 1065 1111 1121 1122 1124 1126 1128 1143 1144 1146 1147 1217 1225 1226 1229 1610 - 1615 1705 1706 1720 1760 1805 2122 2123 2127 2128

Test Valve/ Test Limit (GST only)

1st trip DTC

Reference page

P0445 P0500 P0550 P0605 P0705 P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0740 P0745 P0750 P0755 P1065 P1111 P1121 P1122 P1124 P1126 P1128 P1143 P1144 P1146 P1147 P1217 P1225 P1226 P1229 P1610 P1615 P1705 P1706 P1720 P1760 P1805 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128

EC-257 EC-263 EC-265 EC-270 AT-103 AT-107 AT-112 AT-119 AT-125 AT-129 AT-132 AT-135 AT-141 AT-147 AT-154 AT-160 EC-273 EC-277 EC-281 EC-283 EC-291 EC-291 EC-297 EC-302 EC-308 EC-314 EC-322 EC-330 EC-345 EC-347 EC-349 EC-55 AT-166 EC-354 EC-359 AT-171 EC-361 EC-366 EC-366 EC-373 EC-373

EC-44

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) TP SENSOR APP SENSOR CONSULT-II GST*2 P2135 P2138 SRT code ECM*3 2135 2138 Test Valve/ Test Limit (GST only) 1st trip DTC Reference page

EC-381 EC-389

EC

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC


The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-43 . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II. 1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-65 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.

How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC


DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. With CONSULT-II With GST CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1217, P1706, etc. This DTC is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) No Tools The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0102, 0340 etc. This DTC is controlled by NISSAN. q 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. q Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended. A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].

EC-45

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].

PBIB0911E

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA


The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For details, see EC-96 . Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority 1 2 3 Freeze frame data Items Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function DTC: P0171, P0172 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items) 1st trip freeze frame data

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE


System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of ISO 15031-5. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to CMPLT. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate CMPLT for each application system. Once set as CMPLT, the SRT status remains CMPLT until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items. NOTE: The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.

EC-46

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates INCMP for one or more of the SRT items the A vehicle is returned to the customer untested. NOTE: If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even EC though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
C

EC-47

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
SRT item (CONSULT-II indication) CATALYST HO2S Performance Priority* 2 1 Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT Three way catalyst function Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Corresponding DTC No. P0420 P0133 P1143 P1144 P0139 P1146 P1147 P0031, P0032 P0037, P0038

*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-II.

SRT Set Timing


SRT is set as CMPLT after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below.
Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Diagnosis P0400 P0402 P1402 SRT of EGR Case 2 P0400 P0402 P1402 SRT of EGR NG exists Case 3 P0400 P0402 P1402 (1st trip) DTC SRT of EGR OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. : Self-diagnosis is not carried out. ON OK (1) OK (1) OK (1) CMPLT OK (1) (0) OK (1) INCMP OK NG OFF Ignition cycle ON OFF ON (1) (1) OK (2) CMPLT (1) (0) OK (2) INCMP OK OK (2) (1) (2) CMPLT (1) OK (1) (2) CMPLT NG OFF ON (2) OK (2) (2) CMPLT (1) (1) (2) CMPLT NG (Consecutive NG) DTC (= MIL ON) CMPLT

1st trip DTC INCMP

INCMP

1st trip DTC INCMP

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate CMPLT. Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state

EC-48

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: A q The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. q The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. q When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagno- EC sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair. q If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP. C NOTE: SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT. D SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
E

EC-49

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

SEF573XB

*1

EC-45

*2

EC-50

*3

EC-48

How to Display SRT Code


WITH CONSULT-II Selecting SRT STATUS in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with CONSULT-II. For items whose SRT codes are set, a CMPLT is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, INCMP is displayed. A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at right. INCMP means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. CMPLT means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set. WITH GST Selecting MODE 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)

PBIB0666E

EC-50

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each A diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-II Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table EC on EC-48 . WITHOUT CONSULT-II The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The C driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
D

EC-51

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Driving Pattern

MBIB0241E

EC-52

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. A Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed EC within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: q Sea level C q Flat road q Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F) q Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)], diagnosis may also be performed. Pattern 1: E q The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V). q The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F 70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1.4V). Pattern 2: q When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h H (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
q

TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC TID CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420 P0420 P0133 P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 P0132 HO2S P0134 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147 P1146 P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater HO2S HEATER Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0032 P0031 P0038 P0037 01H 02H 09H 0AH 0BH 0CH 0DH 19H 1AH 1BH 1CH 29H 2AH 2DH 2EH Test value (GST display) CID 01H 81H 04H 84H 04H 04H 04H 86H 86H 06H 06H 08H 88H 0AH 8AH Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Test limit

EC-53

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). NOTE: If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-14 ), skip steps 2 through 4. 1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch A/T. 3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. 4. Touch ERASE. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch BACK twice. 5. Touch ENGINE. 6. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. 7. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SEF966X

With GST The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST. NOTE: If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-14 ), skip step 2. 1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.

EC-54

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
2. 3. Perform AT-43, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)" . (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
A

No Tools NOTE: EC If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-14 ), skip step 2. 1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. C 2. Perform AT-43, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)" . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.) 3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-57, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . D q If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. q The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. E Diagnostic trouble codes 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data F 1st trip freeze frame data System readiness test (SRT) codes Test values G Others Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all H of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)


q

EBS015UO

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or NATS MALFUNCTION is displayed on SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Refer to BL-147, "NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)" . Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching ERASE in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out SEF515Y with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual, NATS.
EBS015UP

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-36, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-443 . 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION


The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.

EC-55

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Diagnostic Test Mode Mode I KEY and ENG. Status Ignition switch in ON position Function BULB CHECK Explanation of Function This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running

MALFUNCTION WARNING

This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in the 1st trip.
q q

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) One trip detection diagnoses

Mode II

Ignition switch in ON position

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.

Engine stopped

Engine running

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR

This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

MIL Flashing without DTC


If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diagnostic test mode. EC-57, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC57 . The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. q Diagnostic trouble codes q 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes q Freeze frame data q 1st trip freeze frame data q System readiness test (SRT) codes q Test values q Others

EC-56

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A NOTE: q It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. q It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit EC has a malfunction. q Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

PBIB0092E

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)


1. 2. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-57, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . Start Engine. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-57, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
J

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


1. 2. 3.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK


In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI36, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-443 .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING


MIL ON OFF
q

Condition When the malfunction is detected. No malfunction.

These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-

EC-57

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-14, "INDEX FOR DTC" )

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC57, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . q If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. q Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR


In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated oxygen sensor 1.
MIL ON OFF *Remains ON or OFF *: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop. Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Lean Rich Any condition Closed loop system Open loop system Air fuel ratio feedback control condition

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge. Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.

OBD System Operation Chart


RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
q

EBS015UQ

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-42, "Two Trip Detection Logic" .

EC-58

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q

The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, A the counter will reset. The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. C The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
D

SUMMARY CHART
Items MIL (goes off) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) Fuel Injection System 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 1 (pattern C), *1 *1 , *2 Misfire 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 1 (pattern C), *1 *1 , *2 Other 3 (pattern B) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern B) 1 (pattern B)

For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-61 . For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-63 . *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

EC-59

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

SEF392S

*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will light up.

*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.

*3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared at the moment OK is detected.

*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM.

EC-60

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM <Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. q The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. q The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. q The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
A

EC

<Driving Pattern C>


Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) 375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (10.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: q When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F). q When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or equal to 70C (158F). Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as follows: Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F) To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C (158F) q The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. q The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction. q The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. q The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM.
D

EC-61

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

SEF393SD

*1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will light up. *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared.

*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions. *5: When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data will be stored in ECM.

*3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehicle is driven once (pattern B) without the same malfunction.

EC-62

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM <Driving Pattern A>
A

EC

G
AEC574

q q q

The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.

<Driving Pattern B>


Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. q The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. q The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. q The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).

EC-63

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Trouble Diagnosis Introduction


INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine. It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-65 . Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on EC-67 should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.

PFP:00004
EBS015UR

MEF036D

SEF233G

SEF234G

EC-64

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WORK FLOW Flow Chart
A

EC

PBIB1043E

*1

If time data of SELF-DIAG RESULTS is other than [0] or [1t], perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

*2

If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 form EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . EC-52 *6

If the on board diagnostic system cannot be performed, check main power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-115, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . EC-110

*4

*5

EC-65

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP STEP I DESCRIPTION Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-66 . Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-54 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-75 .) Also check related service bulletins for information. Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs. The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V. Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST. During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative. The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection. Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-70 .)Then perform inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-75 .) Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-86 , EC-105 . The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . Repair or replace the malfunction parts. If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-42, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)

STEP II

STEP III

STEP IV

STEP V

STEP VI

STEP VII

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Description


There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: q Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.

SEF907L

EC-66

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q

Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
A

Worksheet Sample

EC

MTBL0017

EC-67

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

EBS015US

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. NOTE: If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-123 .
Priority 1
q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q

Detected items (DTC) U1000 U1001 CAN communication line P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 ECM P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) sensor P1229 Sensor power supply P1610-P1615 NATS P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0550 Power steering pressure sensor P0710 P0720 P0725 P0740 P0745 P0750 P0755 P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves P1065 ECM power supply P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P1122 Electric throttle control function P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay P1128 Throttle control mother P1720 Vehicle speed sensor P1805 Brake switch P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 Three way catalyst function P0731 - P0734 A/T function P1121 Electric throttle control actuator P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)

q q q q q q q q q q q q q q

q q q q q q q

EC-68

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Fail-safe Chart
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. P0102 P0103 P0117 P0118 Detected items Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EBS015UT

EC

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON or START. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or START Except as shown above Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II display) 40C (104F) 80C (176F)

E
40 - 80C (104 - 176F) (Depends on the time)

When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. P0122 P0123 P0221 P0222 P2135 P1121 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. (ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P1122 P1124 P1126 P1128 P1229 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Electric throttle control function Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor Sensor power supply Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

Electric throttle control actuator

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-69

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Basic Inspection

EBS015UU

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2.

3.

4.

Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leaks Air cleaner clogging Gasket Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge. Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5.

Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. >> GO TO 3

EC-70

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

EC

E
PBIA8513J

3.

Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
F

H
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II 1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . >> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING


Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . >> GO TO 6.

EC-71

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING


Refer to EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 7. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4.

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Check idle speed. 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 8.

SEF058Y

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the Following. q Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-246 . q Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-239 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4.

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION


1. 2. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-55, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . >> GO TO 4.

EC-72

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING


1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

EC

PBIB0514E

15 5 BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11.


F

11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . >> GO TO 12.

12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING


Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . >> GO TO 13.
J

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING


Refer to EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4.

EC-73

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Check idle speed. 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 17.

SEF058Y

15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN


1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

PBIB0514E

15 5 BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION


Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-48, "TIMING CHAIN" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. 2. GO TO 4.

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-246 . q Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-239 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4.

EC-74

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION


1. 2.

A Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-55, "NATS EC (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .

>> GO TO 4.

C
EBS015UV

Symptom Matrix Chart


SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

E
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

F
Reference page

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

I
EC-423 EC-39 EC-408 EC-445

Warranty symptom code Fuel Fuel pump circuit Fuel pressure regulator system Injector circuit Evaporative emission system Air Positive crankcase ventilation system Incorrect idle speed adjustment

AA 1 3 1 3 3 3

AB 1 3 1 3 3 3

AC 2 4 2 4 4

AD 3 4 3 4 4

AE 2 4 2 4 4

AF

AG 2

AH 2 4 2 4 4 1

AJ

AK

AL 3

AM

HA 2

4 2

4 2

4 4 1

4 4 1

4 4 1

4 4 1 1

K
EC-449 EC-70 EC-281, EC-283 , EC-291 , EC-297 EC-70 EC-397 EC-115 EC-141 EC-154 EC-160, EC-221 , EC-345 , EC-347 , EC-381 EC-349, EC-366 , EC-373 , EC-389

Electric throttle control actuator

Ignition

Incorrect ignition timing adjustment Ignition circuit

3 1 2 1 1

3 1 2 1 1

1 2 3 2 2

1 2 3 2 2

1 2 3 2 2 3

1 2 3 2 2

1 2 3 2 2 3 1 2

1 2 3 2 2

Power supply and ground circuit Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit

Throttle position sensor circuit

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

EC-75

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) HA 2

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

Reference page

Warranty symptom code

AA

AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

AG

AH

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

AJ

AK

AL

AM

Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit

EC-168, EC-175 , EC-185 , EC-302 , EC-308 EC-234 EC-239 EC-246

Knock sensor circuit Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit Vehicle speed signal circuit Power steering pressure sensor circuit ECM Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit VIAS control solenoid valve circuit PNP switch circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit Electrical load signal circuit Air conditioner circuit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page) 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

EC-263 EC-265

3 2

3 1 1

3 3

3 3

EC-270, EC-273 EC-277 EC-414

3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 4

EC-354 EC-429 EC-434

3 4

ATC-33 BRC-12

EC-76

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

EC
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

C
Reference page

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code Fuel Fuel tank

AA 5

AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

AG

AH

AJ

AK

AL

AM

HA FL-11

Fuel piping Vapor lock Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air Air duct Air cleaner Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Alternator circuit Starter circuit Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate PNP switch Engine Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket Cylinder block Piston Piston ring Connecting rod Bearing Crankshaft 6 6 3 6 4 5 5 1 1 5 5 5

FL-3, EM36

I
EM-15 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-17 SC-4 SC-13 SC-23 EM-92 AT-359 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-72 5

4 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-92

EC-77

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) HA

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

Reference page

Warranty symptom code Valve mechanism Timing chain Camshaft Intake valve timing control Intake valve Exhaust valve Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket Three way catalyst Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap Thermostat Water pump Water gallery Cooling fan Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)

AA

AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

AG

AH

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

AJ

AK

AL

AM

EM-48 EM-57 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 EM-48 EM-72

EM-24, EX2 EM-27, LU14 , LU-11 , LU-5 LU-8 CO-13

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5

CO-23 CO-21 CO-7 CO-19 CO-10

EC-55 or BL-147

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-78

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Engine Control Component Parts Location

EBS015UW

EC

PBIB2226E

EC-79

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

PBIB2227E

EC-80

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB1980E

EC-81

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

PBIB2228E

EC-82

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB2229E

EC-83

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Circuit Diagram

EBS015UX

TBWB0090E

EC-84

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWB0091E

EC-85

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout

EBS015UY

MBIB0045E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value


PREPARATION
1. 2. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection, remove glove box. Remove ECM harness protector.

EBS015UZ

PBIB1973E

3. 4.

When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with levers as far as they will go as shown at right. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM harness connector. q Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time. q Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE


Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 1 WIRE COLOR B ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

ECM ground

Idle speed

Body ground

EC-86

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met Warm-up condition Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0V

EC

PU/R

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

D
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Engine stopped Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

[Engine is running]
q

E
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 14V

W/B

Throttle control motor relay power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

[Ignition switch: ON] 4 G Throttle control motor (Close)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Released


PBIB1104E

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed


PBIB1105E

[Engine is running] 6 Y VIAS control solenoid valve


q

Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm

[Engine is running] 12 P Power steering pressure sensor


q

Steering wheel is being turned

0.5 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

M
0.4 - 0.8V

Steering wheel is not being turned

EC-87

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

1.0 - 4.0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle

13

L/W

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

PBIB0525E

1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0526E

[Engine is running]
q q

Approximately 3.0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle

14

PU/R

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

PBIB0527E

Approximately 3.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

15

Knock sensor

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Approximately 2.5V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - Approximately 1.0V

16

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

EC-88

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]
q

EC

Idle speed

19

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Approximately 10V [Engine is running]
q

PBIB0050E

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine)

F
PBIB0520E

BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running]


q q

(11 - 14V)

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
PBIB0529E

22 23 41 42

G/B R/B L/B Y/B

Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 2

I
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

Approximately 7.0V [Engine is running]


q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm

24

G/W

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

29

Sensor ground (Camshaft position sensor) Sensor ground (Crankshaft position sensor) Intake air temperature sensor

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

30

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

34

Y/G

[Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.8V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature.

EC-89

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

46

Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

47

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.1 - 1.5V

50

OR

Mass air flow sensor

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,500 rpm

1.6 - 2.0V

[Engine is running] 54 Sensor ground (Knock sensor) Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor/ Power steering pressure sensor/ Refrigerant pressure sensor)
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

57

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 0.1V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
PBIB0521E

60 61 79 80

L/R BR GY/R PU

Ignition signal No. 3 Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 2

0 - 0.2V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0522E

EC-90

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 4V - BATTERY

EC

62

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB1790E

65

Sensor power supply (Power steering pressure sensor) Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]

Approximately 5V

F
q q

66

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

G
Approximately 0V

[Engine is running] 67 B/P Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Less than 4.75V

68

Throttle position sensor 2


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36V

[Engine is running] 69 Y Refrigerant pressure sensor


q q

Warm-up condition Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

1.0 - 4.0V

(Compressor operates) 72 BR/Y Engine coolant temperature sensor Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) [Engine is running] [Engine is running]
q q

Approximately 0 - 4.8V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.

73

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running] 74 B
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

82

R/Y

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

EC-91

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] 84 L/Y Electrical load signal (Headlamp signal)
q

DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 1.0 - 2.5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

Lighting switch: 2ND position

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Lighting switch: OFF

85 86

LG GY/R

DATA link connector CAN communication line

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q

Cooling fan is not operating

89

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is high speed operating

90

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Electrical load signal (Rear window defogger signal) CAN communication line

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Approximately 5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V 2.5 - 4.0V Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

Rear window defogger switch: ON

93

BR

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Rear window defogger switch: OFF

94

G/R

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q

Heater fan switch: ON

96

LG/B

Heater fan switch

[Engine is running]
q

Heater fan switch: OFF

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

97

PU

Cooling fan relay (Low)


q

Cooling fan is not operating

[Ignition switch: ON] Cooling fan is operating

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Fully released

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

101

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Shift lever: P or N

102

G/OR

PNP switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Except above position

104

W/B

Throttle control motor relay

[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

EC-92

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

105

BR/W

Air conditioner relay


q

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON (Compressor operates)

0 - 1.0V

EC

[Engine is running] A/C switch is OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

[Ignition switch: OFF] 109 B/R Ignition switch [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] 110 L/R Air conditioner switch signal
q

0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

G
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
q

A/C switch is OFF

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

H
0 - 1.0V

111

G/W

ECM relay (Self shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

I
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

0 - 1.0V

114

B/OR

Fuel pump relay

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

K
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

115 116 119 120 121

B B SB GY W/L

ECM ground Power supply for ECM Power supply for ECM (Back-up)

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-II Function
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Work support Self-diagnostic results Data monitor Data monitor (SPEC) Function

EBS015V0

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-II unit. Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other data monitor items can be read.

EC-93

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Diagnostic test mode Active test Function test DTC & SRT confirmation ECM part number Function Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed. ECM part number can be read.

*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
q q q q q q q

Diagnostic trouble codes 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data 1st trip freeze frame data System readiness test (SRT) codes Test values Others

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION


DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Item WORK SUPPORT DTC*1 FREEZ E FRAME DATA*2 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Vehicle speed signal Accelerator pedal position sensor Throttle position sensor INPUT Intake air temperature sensor Knock sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) Air conditioner switch Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Stop lamp switch Power steering pressure sensor Battery voltage Electrical load signal DATA MONITOR DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION ACTIV E TEST SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT

DATA MONITOR (SPEC)

EC-94

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Item WORK SUPPORT DTC*1 FREEZ E FRAME DATA*2 Fuel injector ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Power transistor (Ignition timing) Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Air conditioner relay Fuel pump relay Cooling fan relay Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Intake valve timing control solenoid valve VIAS control solenoid valve Calculated load value DATA MONITOR DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION ACTIV E TEST SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT

DATA MONITOR (SPEC)

EC

OUTPUT

X: Applicable *1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs. *2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-46 .

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data link connector, which is located under driver side dash panel. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0376E

4.

Touch START(NISSAN BASED VHCL).

MBIB0233E

5.

Touch ENGINE.

EC-95

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

SEF995X

6.

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

SEF824Y

WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item


WORK ITEM FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
q

CONDITION FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. IDLE CONDITION IDLE CONDITION

USAGE When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line When learning the idle air volume

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN

SELF-LEARNING CONT

When clearing the coefficient of self-learning control value When setting target idle speed When adjusting target ignition timing

TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*

q q

*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE Self Diagnostic Item


Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-14, "INDEX FOR DTC" .

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data


Freeze frame data item* DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX]
q

Description The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-14, "INDEX FOR DTC" .) Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. One mode in the following is displayed. Mode 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop

q q

FUEL SYS-B1

EC-96

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Freeze frame data item* CAL/LD VALUE [%] COOLANT TEMP [C] or [F] L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]
q q q q

Description The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Long-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. Short-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

EC

S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ENGINE SPEED [rpm] VEHICL SPEED [km/ h] or [mph] B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] INT/A TEMP SE [C] or [F]

E
q

The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item


ECM INPUT SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

: Applicable MAIN SIGNALS

Monitored item [Unit]

Description

Remarks

ENG SPEED [rpm]

Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.

Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]

M
q

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.

When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control. When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.

q q

COOLAN TEMP/S [C] or [F]

The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 1 is displayed. The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed.

HO2S1 (B1) [V] HO2S2 (B1) [V]

EC-97

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Monitored item [Unit] ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

Description

Remarks

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) [RICH/LEAN]

Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: RICH: means the mixture became rich, and control is being affected toward a leaner mixture. LEAN: means the mixture became lean, and control is being affected toward a rich mixture. Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed. The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal. [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil pressure switch as determined by the power steering oil pressure signal is indicated. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF.

After turning ON the ignition switch, RICH is displayed until air-fuel mixture ratio feedback control begins. When the air-fuel ratio feedback is clamped, the value just before the clamping is displayed continuously.

HO2S2 MNTR (B1) [RICH/LEAN]

When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] BATTERY VOLT [V] ACCEL SEN 1 [V] ACCEL SEN 2 [V] THRTL SEN 1 [V] THRTL SEN 2 [V] INT/A TEMP SE [C] or [F]

ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal.

CLSD THL POS [ON/OFF] AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]

PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

LOAD SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

EC-98

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Monitored item [Unit] ECM INPUT SIGNALS
q

MAIN SIGNALS

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR


q

A
Description Remarks

IGNITION SW [ON/OFF] HEATER FAN SW [ON/OFF] BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] IGN TIMING [BTDC] CAL/LD VALUE [%]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. Calculated load value indicates the value of the current airflow divided by peak airflow. Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. The opening becomes larger as the value increases. Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle. The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated. The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating. OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operating. The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals.
q

EC

When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

MASS AIRFLOW [gm/s]

PURG VOL C/V [%]


q

INT/V TIM (B1) [CA]

INT/V SOL (B1) [%]


q

VIAS S/V [ON/OFF]

AIR COND RLY [ON/OFF] FUEL PUMP RLY [ON/OFF] THRTL RELAY [ON/OFF]

EC-99

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Monitored item [Unit] ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

Description

Remarks

COOLING FAN [HI/LOW/OFF]

Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. Display the condition of idle air volume learning YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. Indicated the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. Distance traveled while MIL is activated. The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed.

HO2S1 HTR (B1) [ON/OFF] HO2S2 HTR (B1) [ON/OFF]

IDL A/V LEARN [YET/CMPLT]

O2SEN HTR DTY [%] TRVL AFTER MIL [km] or [mile] AC PRESS SEN [V] Voltage [V] Frequency [msec], [Hz] or [%] DUTY-HI DUTY-LOW PLS WIDTH-HI PLS WIDTH-LOW CAN COMM [OK/NG] CAN CIRC 1 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 2 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 3 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 4 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 5 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 6 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 7 [OK/UNKWN]

q q

Only # is displayed if item is unable to be measured. Figures with #s are temporary ones. They are the same figures as an actual piece of data which was just previously measured.

Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width measured by the probe.

Indicates the communication condition of CAN communication line.

These items are not displayed in SELECTION FROM MENU mode.

NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-100

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit] ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
q

Description

Remarks

EC

ENG SPEED [rpm]

Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor specification is displayed. Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
q

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]

When engine is running specification range is indicated. When engine is running specification range is indicated. When engine is running specification range is indicated. This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control.

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]

q q

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE Test Item


TEST ITEM
q

H
CONDITION JUDGEMENT
q

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) Harness and connectors Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 1

FUEL INJECTION

Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Timing light: Set Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-II. Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N Cut off each injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-II. Ignition switch: ON Turn the cooling fan LOW, HI, OFF with CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II. Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Turn the fuel pump relay ON and OFF using CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound.

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

q q

IGNITION TIMING

q q

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.

q q q

Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil Harness and connectors Cooling fan relay Cooling fan motor Harness and connectors Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injector

POWER BALANCE

q q q

Engine runs rough or dies.


q q q q

COOLING FAN*

Cooling fan moves and stops.

q q q

ENG COOLANT TEMP

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

FUEL PUMP RELAY

Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.

q q

Harness and connectors Fuel pump relay

EC-101

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
TEST ITEM
q

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF with CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound. Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-II.

JUDGEMENT Solenoid valve makes an operating sound.


q q

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) Harness and connectors Solenoid valve

VIAS SOL VALVE

PURG VOL CONT/V

Engine speed changes according to the opening percent.

q q

Harness and connectors Solenoid valve

V/T ASSIGN ANGLE

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

Harness and connectors Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

*:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE SRT STATUS Mode


For details, refer to EC-46, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .

SRT Work Support Mode


This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.

DTC Work Support Mode


Test mode HO2S1 (B1) P0133 HO2S1 (B1) P0134 HO2S1 HO2S1 (B1) P1143 HO2S1 (B1) P1144 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 Refer to corresponding trouble diagnosis for DTC. Test item Condition Reference page EC-175 EC-185 EC-302 EC-308 EC-200 EC-314 EC-322

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA) Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode. 1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger): q The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in real time. In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM. At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ... xx% as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is touched on the screen during Recording Data ... xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed. SEF705Y The recording time after the malfunction detection and the

EC-102

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
recording speed can be changed by TRIGGER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger): q DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM. DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
A

2.

EC

C
SEF707X

Operation
1. AUTO TRIG q While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is detected. q While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent. When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/ 1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .) MANU TRIG q If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

2.

PBIB0197E

EC-103

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function


DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4 has 8 different functions explained below. ISO9141 is used as the protocol. The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.

EBS015V1

SEF139P

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode MODE 1 READINESS TESTS Function This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-46, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" . This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
q q

MODE 2

(FREEZE DATA)

MODE 3

DTCs

Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1) Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3) Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1) Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2) Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1) Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)

MODE 4

CLEAR DIAG INFO

q q q q

MODE 6

(ON BOARD TESTS)

This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. This mode is not applicable on this vehicle. This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

MODE 7 MODE 8 MODE 9

(ON BOARD TESTS) (CALIBRATION ID)

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under driver side dash panel near the fuse box cover. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0376E

EC-104

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.)
A

EC

C
SEF398S

5.

Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker.

G
SEF416S

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS015V2

Remarks: q Specification data are reference values. q Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION ENG SPEED
q

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication. Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine: After warming up Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 2,000 rpm Idle 2,500 rpm Idle

Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V

q q

MAS A/F SE-B1


q q q q

L
2.5 - 3.5 msec 2.5 - 3.5 msec

B/FUEL SCHDL
q q

A/F ALPHA-B1 COOLAN TEMP/S HO2S1 (B1)

q q q q q

54% - 155% More than 70C (158F) 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S2 (B1)

0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.

EC-105

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM
q q

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly

SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

LEAN RICH

VEH SPEED SE BATTERY VOLT ACCEL SEN1

Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication. Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication. 11 - 14V 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON

q q

ACCEL SEN2*

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

START SIGNAL CLSD THL POS

Ignition switch: ON START ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Ignition switch: ON

Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) Shift lever: P or N Shift lever: Except above

AIR COND SIG

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

P/N POSI SW

Ignition switch: ON

PW/ST SIGNAL

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

Steering wheel is in neutral position. (Forward direction) Steering wheel is turned. Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd

LOAD SIGNAL

Ignition switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF

IGNITION SW HEATER FAN SW

Ignition switch: ON OFF ON Ignition switch: ON Heater fan is operating Heater fan is not operating

ON OFF OFF ON 2.0 - 3.0 msec 1.9 - 2.9 msec

BRAKE SW

Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load

Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

INJ PULSE-B1
q q q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

13 - 17 BTDC 25 - 45 BTDC

IGN TIMING
q q q q

Idle 2,500 rpm

10% - 35% 10% - 35%

CAL/LD VALUE
q q

EC-106

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM
q q

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Idle OFF ON OFF Engine: After warming up 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 0% 2,500 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1.0 - 4.0 gm/s

MASS AIRFLOW
q q q q

4.0 - 10.0 gm/s

EC

PURG VOL C/V


q q q q

C
20 - 30% 5 - 5CA Approx. 0 - 20CA

INT/V TIM (B1)


q q q q

E
0% - 2%

INT/V SOL (B1)


q q

Approx. 0% - 50%

VIAS S/V

More than 5,000 rpm Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)

AIR COND RLY

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

H
ON ON OFF ON

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Engine running or cranking Except above conditions Ignition switch: ON Engine coolant temperature is 94C (201F) or less

FUEL PUMP RLY

q q

THRTL RELAY

OFF

COOLING FAN
q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between 95C (203F) and 99C (210F) Engine coolant temperature is 100C (212F) or more

LOW

HIGH ON

Engine: After warming up Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Ignition switch: ON Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

q q q

M
OFF

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

ON

OFF 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 mile) Approx. 50% Approx. 0V 1.0 - 4.0V

TRVL AFTER MIL

q q

O2SEN HTR DTY


q q

Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80C (176F) Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Engine: Idle Air conditioner switch: OFF

AC PRESS SEN

q q

EC-107

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM CAN COMM CAN CIRC 1 CAN CIRC 2 CAN CIRC 3
q

CONDITION OK OK OK

SPECIFICATION

UNKWN Ignition switch: ON OK UNKWN UNKWN UNKWN

CAN CIRC 4 CAN CIRC 5 CAN CIRC 6 CAN CIRC 7

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode


The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.

EBS015V3

CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1


Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position. The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently. Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

SEF241Y

EC-108

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB0668E

EC-109

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description

PFP:00031
EBS015WV

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: q B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) q A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) q MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)

Testing Condition
q q q q q q

EBS015WW

Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles) Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi) Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F) Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F) Transmission: Warmed-up*1

Electrical load: Not applied*2 q Engine speed: Idle *1: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). *2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead.

Inspection Procedure
NOTE: Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-70, "Basic Inspection" . 2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. 3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II. 4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. 5. If NG, go to EC-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EBS015WX

SEF601Z

EC-110

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015WY

EC

SEF613ZD

EC-111

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

SEF768Z

EC-112

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
A

EC

SEF615ZA

EC-113

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description

PFP:00006
EBS015WZ

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow II III IV VI Situation The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t]. The symptom described by the customer does not recur. (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
EBS015X0

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS


Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests, Ground Inspection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-114

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram

PFP:24110

A
EBS015YU

EC

TBWA0594E

EC-115

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 1 B WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

ECM ground

Idle speed

Body ground 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: OFF] 109 B/R Ignition switch [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

111

G/W

ECM relay (Self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

0 - 1.0V

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

115 116 119 120

B B SB GY

ECM ground Power supply for ECM

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)


EBS015YV

[Ignition switch: ON]

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0015E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-116

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-117

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB1973E

2.

Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

SEF420X

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q 20A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-118

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

10. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-397, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


1. 2. 3. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop approximately 0V.

G
PBIB1630E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12. NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 14.

12. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV


1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB1973E

2.

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13.

SEF860T

EC-119

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, F36 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ECM relay terminal 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15.

15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

16. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-120

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

17. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

18. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
L M

19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-121

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ECM RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Continuity Yes No

EBS015YW

3.

If NG, replace ECM relay.


PBIB0077E

Ground Inspection

EBS015YX

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: q Remove the ground bolt or screw. q Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. q Clean as required to assure good contact. q Reinstall bolt or screw securely. q Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. q If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-13, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

EC-122

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS015X1

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. U1000*1 1000*1 U1001*2 1001*2 CAN communication line Trouble diagnosis name
q

EBS015X2

D
DTC detecting condition ECM cannot communicate to other control units. ECM cannot communicate for more than the specified time. Possible cause

Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)

*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. *2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC Confirmation Procedure


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-125, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

G
EBS015X3

EC-123

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS015X4

TBWA0595E

EC-124

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015X5

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.

EC

PBIB1057E

>> Go to LAN-4, "CAN Communication Unit" .


G

EC-125

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Wheel sensor* Input signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature Vehicle speed Intake valve timing control ECM function

PFP:23796
EBS015X6

Actuator

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

PBIB0540E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS015X7

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 5 - 5CA Approx. 0 - 20CA 0% - 2%

INT/V TIM (B1)


q q q q

INT/V SOL (B1)


q q

Approx. 0% - 50%

EC-126

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition
q

EBS015X8

A
Possible cause Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft

EC

P0011 0011

Intake valve timing control performance

There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.

q q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunctions is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Intake valve timing control Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
EBS015X9

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: q If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC277 . q If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) 60 - 120C (140 - 248F) P or N position
SEF174Y

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMPS Selector lever

4. 5. 6.

Let engine idle for 10 seconds. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-128, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) 70 - 105C (176 - 194F) 1st or 2nd position Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.)

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMPS Selector lever Driving location uphill

7.

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-128, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-127

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015XA

1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)


Refer to EC-244, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)


Refer to EC-251, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)


Check the following. Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end q Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft.
q

PBIB0565E

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . For wiring diagram refer to CKP sensor (POS) EC-240 and CMP sensor (PHASE) EC-247 . >> INSPECTION END

EC-128

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature ECM function Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Actuator

PFP:22690

A
EBS015XB

EC

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started.

OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Above 3,600 Below 3,600 after warming up Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater OFF ON

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

F
EBS015XC

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm ON

SPECIFICATION

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

q q

H
OFF
EBS015XD

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) Possible cause

P0031 0031

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control circuit low

Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater

P0032 0032

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control circuit high

Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.) Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater

M
EBS015XE

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-129

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-132, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-130

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS015XF

EC

TBWA0596E

EC-131

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

Approximately 7.0V [Engine is running]


q

Warm-up condition. Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm

24

G/W

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015XG

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-132

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0500E

3.

Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0541E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, F36 q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

4. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and HO2S1 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER


Refer to EC-134, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-133

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. 1 and 4 2 and 1, 3, 4 3 and 1, 2, 4 Resistance 3.3 - 4.0 at 25C (77F) (Continuity should not exist)

EBS015XH

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS015XI

EC-134

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature Amount of intake air Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control ECM function Actuator

PFP:226A0

A
EBS015YY

EC

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Above 3,600 Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
q q

D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater OFF

E
ON

Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

F
EBS015YZ

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

G
CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met Warm-up condition Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
EBS015Z0

H
ON

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low DTC detecting condition The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
q

J
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater

P0037 0037

q q

L
Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
EBS015Z1

P0038 0038

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at idle.

EC-135

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-138, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF174Y SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-136

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS015Z2

EC

TBWA0597E

EC-137

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met Warm-up condition Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0V

PU/R

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

[Engine is running]
q

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015Z3

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-138

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0500E

3.

Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0541E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, F36 q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

4. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER


Refer to EC-140, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-139

DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. 1 and 4 2 and 1, 3, 4 3 and 1, 2, 4 Resistance 5.0 - 7.0 at 25C (77F) (Continuity should not exist)

EBS015Z4

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST"

EBS015Z5

EC-140

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR Component Description


The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PFP:22680

A
EBS015Z6

EC

D
PBIB1604E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

E
EBS015Z7

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load 2,500 rpm Idle 2,500 rpm Idle 2,500 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V

MAS A/F SE-B1


q q q q

Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V 10% - 35%

CAL/LD VALUE
q q q q

10% - 35%

I
1.0 - 4.0 gm/s

MASS AIRFLOW
q q

4.0 - 10.0 gm/s

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS015Z8

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air leaks Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor

P0102 0102

Mass air flow sensor circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM when engine is running.

q q q

P0103 0103

Mass air flow sensor circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EC-141

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS015Z9

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-142

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS015ZA

EC

TBWA0598E

EC-143

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.1 - 1.5V

50

OR

Mass air flow sensor


q q

[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,500 rpm 1.6 - 2.0V

[Engine is running] 67 B/P Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015ZB

1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated? P0102 or P0103 P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM


Check the following for connection. q Air duct q Vacuum hoses q Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts.

EC-144

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-145

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0495E

3.

Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB1168E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM q Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 67. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-146

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


Refer to EC-147, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminal 50 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground.
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm* Voltage V Approx. 1.0 1.1 - 1.5 1.6 - 2.0 1.1 - 1.5 to Approx. 4.0

EBS015ZC

L
MBIB0017E

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.

4. a. b. c. 5. 6.

If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform steps 2 and 3 again. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EBS015ZD

Removal and Installation


MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-147

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR Component Description


The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PFP:22630
EBS016L2

PBIB1604E

<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F) 25 (77) 80 (176) Voltage* 3.32 1.23 V Resistance k

1.94 - 2.06 0.295 - 0.349

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

SEF012P

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0112 0112 P0113 0113 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause

EBS016L3

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016L4

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-148

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
A

EC

EC-149

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016L5

TBWA0599E

EC-150

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016L6

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-151

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0495E

3.

Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB1169E

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-153, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-152

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F) 25 (77) Resistance k 1.94 - 2.06

EBS016L7

EC

2.

If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

D
PBIB1604E

SEF012P

Removal and Installation


MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EBS016L8

EC-153

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR Component Description


The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

PFP:22630
EBS015ZJ

SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) 10 (14) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Voltage* 4.4 3.5 2.2 0.9 V Resistance 7.0 - 11.4 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260 k

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

SEF012P

CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0117 0117 Trouble Diagnosis Name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input DTC Detecting Condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause

EBS015ZK

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Engine coolant temperature sensor

P0118 0118

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.

EC-154

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON or START. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or START Except as shown above Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II display) 40C (104F) 80C (176F)

EC

D
40 - 80C (104 - 176F) (Depends on the time)

When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS015ZL

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-157, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
L

EC-155

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS015ZM

TBWA0600E

EC-156

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015ZN

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-157

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0496E

3.

Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 73. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-159, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-158

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

EBS015ZO

EC

D
PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Voltage* 3.5 2.2 0.9 V Resistance 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260 k

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

2.

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation


ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" .

EBS015ZP

EC-159

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119
EBS015ZQ

PBIB0145E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS015ZR

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0122 0122 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
q

EBS015ZS

Possible cause Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor

P0123 0123

Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-160

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS015ZT

A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-164, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

F
SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-161

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS015ZU

TBWB0084E

EC-162

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q q q

DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5V

EC

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running] 66 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)


q q

F
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

G
Less than 4.75V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

68

Throttle position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

I
More than 0.36V

91

BR/Y

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

J
Approximately 5V

[Ignition switch: ON]

EC-163

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015ZV

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-164

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB2241E

3.

Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.
K I

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 47 91 Sensor terminal Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 APP sensor terminal 4 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-162 EC-375

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-380, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11 NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-165

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 ECM terminal 68. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-167, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-166

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal), 68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 49 (Throttle position sensor 1) 68 (Throttle position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V Less than 4.75V More than 0.36V

EBS015ZW

EC

6. 7. 8.

If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB2247E

G
EBS015ZX

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-167

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0132 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690
EBS015ZY

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS015ZZ

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS01600

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic


To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

SEF301UA

DTC No. P0132 0132

Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit high voltage

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 1

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

EC-168

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01601

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-171, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

F
SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-169

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01602

TBWA0602E

EC-170

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

D
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure

E
EBS01603

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .
F G

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-171

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Tightening torque: 40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0499E

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER


Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-172

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-173, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

D
EBS01604

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-173

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q

Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. 1. 2. 3.

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS01605

EC-174

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0133 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690

A
EBS01606

EC

D
SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS01607

CONDITION Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS01608

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

On Board Diagnosis Logic


To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxygen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

SEF010V

EC-175

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks Exhaust gas leaks PCV valve Mass air flow sensor
EBS01609

q q

P0133 0133

Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit slow response

The response of the voltage signal from the sensor takes more than the specified time.

q q q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: q Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F). q Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P0133 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Touch START. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. NOTE: Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

SEF338Z

6.

When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
1,600 - 3,300 rpm More than 80 km/h (50 MPH) 4.3 - 14.5 msec Suitable position
SEF339Z

ENG SPEED Vehicle speed B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

EC-176

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
7. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

C
SEF658Y

Overall Function Check

D
EBS0160A

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. 2. 3.
q

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. 1 time: 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

4.

If NG, go to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" .


MBIB0018E

EC-177

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0160B

TBWA0602E

EC-178

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

D
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure

E
EBS0160C

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .
F G

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-179

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Tightening torque: 40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0499E

3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK


1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

SEC502D

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK


Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-180

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

EC

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-208 or EC-215 ). No >> GO TO 6.

J
PBIB0495E

6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

EC-181

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


Refer to EC-147, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK PCV VALVE


Refer to EC-449, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace PCV valve.

10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2.

EBS0160D

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII.

EC-182

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
3. 4. 5. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
A

EC

C
SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-183

DTC P0133 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. 1. 2. 3.

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS0160E

EC-184

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0134 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690

A
EBS0162X

EC

D
SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS0162Y

CONDITION Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS0162Z

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

On Board Diagnosis Logic


Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately 0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. P0134 0134

Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit no activity detected

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 1

The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V.


q

EC-185

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01630

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select HO2S1 (B1) P0134 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Touch START. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes. NOTE: Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.

PBIB0544E

5.

When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
1,500 - 3,300 rpm More than 64 km/h (40 MPH) 1.9 - 14.5 msec Suitable position
PBIB0545E

ENG SPEED Vehicle speed B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever

6.

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-189, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEC750C

Overall Function Check

EBS01631

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

EC-186

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH GST
1. 2. 3.
q

4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V. If NG, go to EC-189, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

MBIB0018E

EC-187

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01632

TBWA0602E

EC-188

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

D
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure

E
EBS01633

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .
F G

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-189

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2.

EBS01634

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII.

EC-190

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
3. 4. 5. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
A

EC

C
SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-191

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q

Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS01635

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-192

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0138 HO2S2 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.

PFP:226A0

A
EBS01636

EC

D
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S2 (B1)
q q

E
EBS01637

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

EBS01638

K
SEF305UA

L
DTC No. P0138 0138 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2
EBS01639

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-193

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-194

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0163B

EC

TBWA0603E

EC-195

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - Approximately 1.0V

16

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0163C

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-196

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

D
PBIB0500E

3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 ECM terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Refer to EC-197, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4.

EBS0163D

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

EC-197

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
5. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2(B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

6.

Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.

PBIB0817E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-198

DTC P0138 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS0163E

EC

EC-199

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0139 HO2S2 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.

PFP:226A0
EBS0163F

SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S2 (B1)
q q

EBS0163G

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

EBS0163H

SEF302U

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks

P0139 0139

Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit slow response

It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time.

q q q q

EC-200

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0163I

A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: q COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and EC COND3 are completed. q If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait C at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in D Procedure for COND1.

WITH CONSULT-II Procedure for COND1


For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30(32 to 86F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle 1 minute. 5. Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 6. Touch START. 7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds. 8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load. If COMPLETED appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3. If COMPLETED does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step. 9. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed at COND1 on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED B/FUEL SCHDL COOLAN TEMP/S Selector level More than 1,000 rpm More than 1.0 msec 70 - 105 C Suitable position

PBIB0552E

NOTE: q If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1. q If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-201

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with OD OFF from the above condition [step 9] until INCOMPLETE at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) NOTE: If COMPLETED already appears at COND3 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0553E

Procedure for COND3


1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until INCOMPLETE of COND3 on CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.) Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED is displayed, perform the following. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLAN TEMP/S indication on CONSULT-II. When COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70(158F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.

2.

a. b. c. d.

SEF668Y

Overall Function Check

EBS0163J

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 secMBIB0020E ond during this procedure. If NG, go to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

7.

8.

EC-202

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0163K

EC

TBWA0603E

EC-203

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Revving engine form idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - Approximately 1.0V

16

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0163L

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-204

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. 4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? 1. 2.

EC

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-208 or EC-215 . No >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3.

PBIB0495E

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between and HO2S2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

EC-205

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Refer to EC-206, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS0163M

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

EC-206

DTC P0139 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
6. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
A

EC

PBIB0817E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
G

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS0163N

EC-207

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:16600
EBS0163O

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator Fuel injector

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


q q q

Possible cause Intake air leaks Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection
EBS0163P

Fuel injection system does not operate properly. The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)

q q q q q q

P0171 0171

Fuel injection system too lean

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-211, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-211, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. SEF215Z

7. 8.

EC-208

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH GST
A Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then EC restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. C 5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. D 8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC211, "Diagnostic Procedure" . PBIB0495E E 9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. 10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-211, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

1. 2. 3.

EC-209

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0163Q

TBWA0604E

EC-210

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0163R

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK


1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

EC

E
SEC502D

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE


1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
PBIB0500E

EC-211

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE


1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" . At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Follow the instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.

5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Install all removed parts. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: 4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at idling at 2,500 rpm

With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST. 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: 4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at idling at 2,500 rpm

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-141, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

EC-212

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS


With CONSULT-II Start engine. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2.

EC

E
PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each injector operating sound. Clicking noise should be heard.

I
PBIB1986E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-408, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .

7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. 2. 3. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-36, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should remain connected. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays out from injectors. Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
L

4. 5. 6.

PBIB1726E

EC-213

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-214

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:16600

A
EBS0163S

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The EC ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator Fuel injector

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name


q

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor
EBS0163T

Fuel injection system does not operate properly. The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)

q q q q

P0172 0172

Fuel injection system too rich

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-218, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-218, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. SEF215Z

7. 8.

EC-215

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. 8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC218, "Diagnostic Procedure" . PBIB0495E 9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. 10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-218, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. 1. 2. 3.

EC-216

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0163U

EC

TBWA0604E

EC-217

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0163V

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK


1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

SEC502D

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK


Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE


1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" . At idling: 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Follow the instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.

EC-218

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Install all removed parts. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: 4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at idling at 2,500 rpm

EC

With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST. 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: 4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at idling at 2,500 rpm

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-141, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS


With CONSULT-II Start engine. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2.

K
PBIB0133E

1. 2.

Without CONSULT-II Start engine. Listen to each injector operating sound. Clicking noise should be heard.

PBIB1986E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-408, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .

EC-219

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK INJECTOR
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-36, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. 3. Disconnect injector harness connectors. 4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors. 6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure fuel does not drip from injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 1.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-220

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119

A
EBS0163W

EC

D
PBIB0145E

E
EBS0163X

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION More than 0.36V

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

G
Less than 4.75V

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0222 0222 P0223 0223 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
q

H
EBS0163Y

Possible cause Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) Accelerator pedal position sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0163Z

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-221

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-225, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-222

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01640

EC

TBWB0085E

EC-223

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running] 66 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Less than 4.75V

68

Throttle position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 0.36V

91

BR/Y

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

EC-224

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01641

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-225

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2241E

3.

Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 47 91 Sensor terminal Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 APP sensor terminal 4 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-223 EC-375

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-380, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11 NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-226

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-227

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal), 68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 49 (Throttle position sensor 1) 68 (Throttle position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V Less than 4.75V More than 0.36V

EBS01642

6. 7. 8.

If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB2247E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS01643

EC-228

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE PFP:00000 On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01644

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Engine speed ECM function On board diagnosis of misfire

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No. P0300 0300 P0301 0301 P0302 0302 P0303 0303 Trouble diagnosis name Multiple cylinder misfire detected No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfire detected DTC detecting condition Multiple cylinder misfire. No. 1 cylinder misfires. No. 2 cylinder misfires. No. 3 cylinder misfires.
q q q q q q q

Possible cause Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure The injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Drive plate or flywheel Heated oxygen sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection
EBS01645

P0304 0304

No. 4 cylinder misfire detected

No. 4 cylinder misfires.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-229

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-230, "Diagnostic Procedure" . NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. PBIB0164E 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed Vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature (T) condition Engine speed in the freeze frame data 400 rpm Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data 10 km/h (6 MPH) When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F) When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or equal to 70C (158F)

1.

The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Refer to the following table.
Engine speed Around 1,000 rpm Around 2,000 rpm More than 3,000 rpm Time Approximately 10 minutes Approximately 5 minutes Approximately 3.5 minutes

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01646

1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE


1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING


Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-230

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?

EC

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?

H
PBIB1970E

Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> GO TO 7.

4. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-408, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
K L

PBIB1986E

EC-231

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove ignition coil assembly from rocker cover. 3. Remove spark plug from ignition coil assembly. 4. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly. 5. Disconnect all injector harness connector. 6. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine. 7. Check for spark. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-397, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

SEF575Q

6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS


Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-21, "Checking and Changing Spark Plugs" .

SEF156I

7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE


Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-72, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" . Standard: Minimum: Difference between each cylinder: 1,190 kPa (11.9 bar, 12.1 kg/cm2 , 172 psi)/250 rpm 990 kPa (9.9 bar, 10.1 kg/cm2 , 144 psi)/250 rpm 98 kPa (0.98 bar, 1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/250 rpm

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE


1. 2. 3. Install all removed parts. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" . At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Follow the instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.

EC-232

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK IGNITION TIMING


Check the following items. Refer to EC-70, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Target idle speed Ignition timing Specifications 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)

EC

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Follow the EC-70, "Basic Inspection" .

10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-173, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace (malfunctioning) heated oxygen sensor 1.

11. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


With CONSULT-II Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: 4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec: at idling at 2,500 rpm
G

With GST Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST. 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: 4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec: at idling at 2,500 rpm

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-141, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

12. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART


Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-75, "Symptom Matrix Chart" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace.
L M

13. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC


Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . >> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-233

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0327, P0328 KS Component Description

PFP:22060
EBS01647

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

PBIB0512E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0327 0327 P0328 0328 Trouble Diagnosis Name Knock sensor circuit low input Knock sensor circuit high input DTC Detected Condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

EBS01648

Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Knock sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01649

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-236, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-234

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0164A

EC

TBWA0606E

EC-235

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 15 WIRE COLOR W ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Knock sensor

Idle speed

Approximately 2.5V

[Engine is running] 54 Sensor ground (Knock sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0164B

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M. Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)] 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II


1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.

PBIB0512E

2.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-236

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR


Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

L
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and ground. Continuity should exist 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-237

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M. Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)] CAUTION: Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.

EBS0164C

SEF227W

Removal and Installation


KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-92, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EBS0164D

EC-238

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) Component Description


The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

PFP:23731

A
EBS0164E

EC

D
PBIB0562E

E
EBS0164F

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ENG SPEED
q

F
CONDITION SPECIFICATION Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication
EBS0164G

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
q

H
DTC detecting condition The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. Possible cause

P0335 0335

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Signal plate

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

K
EBS0164H

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-242, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-239

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0164I

TBWA0607E

EC-240

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
[Engine is running]
q q

Approximately 3.0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle

E
PBIB0527E

14

PU/R

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Approximately 3.0V

F
[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

G
PBIB0528E

30

Sensor ground (Crankshaft position sensor)

[Engine is running]
q q

H
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-241

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0164J

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-242

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

EC

D
PBIB0512E

2. 3.

Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0664E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM q Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 30. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-243

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)


Refer to EC-244, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH


Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace the signal plate.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

EBS0164K

PBIB0563E

EC-244

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) 3 (+) - 1 (-) 3 (+) - 2 (-) 2 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

EC

6.

If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

C
MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation


CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-92, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

D
EBS0164L

EC-245

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) Component Description


The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.

PFP:23731
EBS0164M

PBIB0562E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
q

EBS0164N

DTC detecting condition The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running. The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Camshaft (Intake) Starter motor (Refer to SC-23 .) Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-23 .) Dead (Weak) battery
EBS0164O

q q q q q

P0340 0340

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

5. 6.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-246

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0164P

EC

TBWA0608E

EC-247

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

1.0 - 4.0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle

13

L/W

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

PBIB0525E

1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0526E

29

Sensor ground (Camshaft position sensor)

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0164Q

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-23, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC-248

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-249

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0496E

3.

Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0664E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM q Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 29. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-250

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 13. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)


Refer to EC-251, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)


Check the following. q Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end q Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
K

Component Inspection
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

L
EBS0164R

PBIB0563E

EC-251

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) 3 (+) - 1 (-) 3 (+) - 2 (-) 2 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation


CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-57, "CAMSHAFT" .

EBS0164S

EC-252

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic


The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.

PFP:20905

A
EBS0164T

EC

D
SEF484YF

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q q q

Possible cause Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing
EBS0164U

P0420 0420

Catalyst system efficiency below threshold

Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity.

q q

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION: q Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. q Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. 1. Start Engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 6. Start engine. 7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely. If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step 10 8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

PBIB0566E

EC-253

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until INCMP of CATALYST changes to CMPLT (It will take approximately 5 minutes). If not CMPLT, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70C (158F) and then retest from step 1.

PBIB0567E

a. b. c. d.

Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLAN TEMP/ S indication on CONSULT-II. When COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70(158F), go to step 3.
SEF013Y

10. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. 11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-255, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF535Z

Overall Function Check

EBS0164V

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

WITH GST
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,00 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground, and ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

6.

MBIB0018E

EC-254

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low) between ECM terminal 16 and ground is very less than that of ECM terminal 35 and ground. Switching frequency ratio = A/B A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency This ratio should be less than 0.75. If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst does not operate properly. Go to EC-255, "Diagnostic Procedure" . NOTE: If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-179 .) 7.
A

EC

MBIB0124E

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0164W

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM


Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK


1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

K
SEC502D

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK


Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING


Check the following items. Refer to EC-70, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Target idle speed Ignition timing Specifications 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Follow the EC-70, "Basic Inspection" .

EC-255

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. 2. 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-409 . Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Battery voltage should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Perform EC-410, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0030E

6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove ignition coil assembly from rocker cover. 3. Remove spark plug from ignition coil assembly. 4. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly. 5. Disconnect all injector harness connector. 6. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine. 7. Check for spark. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit. Refer to EC-397, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

SEF575Q

7. CHECK INJECTOR
Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-36, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect injector harness connector. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Make sure fuel does not drip from injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. 1. 2.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).

EC-256

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14920 Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Battery Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Heated oxygen sensors 1 Wheel sensor*2 Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*1 Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage*1 Throttle position Closed throttle position Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Vehicle speed ECM function Actuator

EBS0164Z

EC

D
EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

L
SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS01650

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load 2,000 rpm Idle 0%

SPECIFICATION

PURG VOL C/V


q q

20 - 30%

EC-257

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open DTC detecting condition
q

EBS01651

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EBS01652

P0444 0444

An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve


q

P0445 0445

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted

An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-260, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-258

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01653

EC

TBWA0609E

EC-259

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

19

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Approximately 10V [Engine is running]
q

PBIB0050E

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure
CUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EBS01654

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-

PBIB2240E

4.

Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0148E

EC-260

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M61, F41 q Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay. q Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair harness or connectors.

EC

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 19. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4. OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION


With CONSULT-II 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 2. Start engine. 3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.
I

M
PBIB0569E

5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-261

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) 100% 0% Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No

EBS01655

PBIB0149E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No

PBIB0150E

Removal and Installation


EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS01656

EC-262

DTC P0500 VSS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0500 VSS Description

PFP:32702

A
EBS01657

NOTE: If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC U1001. Refer to EC-123, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN C communication line.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS01658

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Combination meter
EBS01659

P0500 0500

Vehicle speed sensor

The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. Start engine. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULTII should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-264, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If OK, go to following step. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
1,750 - 6,000 rpm More than 70C (158F) 6.0 - 31.8 msec Suitable position OFF

3. 4. 5.

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever PW/ST SIGNAL

6.

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-264, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF196Y

EC-263

DTC P0500 VSS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Overall Function Check

EBS0165A

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. 2. 3. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed signal in MODE 1 with GST. The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-264, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS0165B

4.

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-12, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-264

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR Component Description


Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.

PFP:49763

A
EBS0165C

EC

D
PBIB0502E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM PW/ST SIGNAL
q

E
EBS0165D

CONDITION Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Steering wheel is in neutral position. (Forward direction) Steering wheel is turned. OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

G
EBS0165E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-349 .
DTC No. P0550 0550 Trouble diagnosis name Power steering pressure sensor circuit DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Power steering pressure sensor
EBS0165F

An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-265

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0165G

TBWA0610E

EC-266

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 12 P Power steering pressure sensor
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Steering wheel is being turned

0.5 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Steering wheel is not being turned

0.4 - 0.8V

57

Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor/ Power steering pressure sensor/ Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Power steering pressure sensor)

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

65

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0165H

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-267

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0502E

3.

Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

SEF509Y

3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 12. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PSP SENSOR


Refer to EC-269, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace PSP sensor.

EC-268

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS0165I

Component Inspection
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and let it idle. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Steering wheel is being turned. Steering wheel is not being turned. Voltage 0.5 - 4.0V 0.4 - 0.8V

MBIB0025E

Removal and Installation


POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to PS-35, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .

EBS0165J

EC-269

DTC P0605 ECM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P0605 ECM Component Description


The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PFP:23710
EBS0165K

PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0605 0605 Trouble diagnosis name A) Engine control module B) C) DTC detecting condition ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
q

EBS0165L

Possible cause

ECM

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Malfunction A Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
EBS0165M

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-271, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-270

DTC P0605 ECM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-271, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Repeat step 3 for 32 times. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-271, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

J
SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
K
EBS0165N

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-270 . 5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? 1. 2. 3. 4. With GST Turn ignition switch ON. Select MODE 4 with GST. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-270 . 5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4.

EC-271

DTC P0605 ECM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-55, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-272

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY Component Description


Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc.

PFP:23710

A
EBS016KQ

EC

D
PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P1065 1065 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

E
EBS016KR

Possible cause Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] ECM
EBS016KS

ECM power supply circuit

ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly.


q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-275, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-273

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016KT

TBWA0611E

EC-274

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 121 WIRE COLOR W/L ITEM Power supply for ECM (Back-up) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
EBS016KU

EC

[Ignition switch: OFF]

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

H
MBIB0026E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, M36 q Harness connectors F41, M61 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-275

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-273 . 5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? 1. 2. 3. 4. With GST Turn ignition switch ON. Select MODE 4 with GST. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-273 . 5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4.

5. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-55, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-276

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Component Description


Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position.

PFP:23796

A
EBS0165O

EC

D
PBIB1842E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

E
EBS0165P

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 0% - 2%

INT/V SOL (B1)


q q

Approx. 0% - 50%

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P1111 1111 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit DTC detecting condition An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
q

EBS0165Q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
EBS0165R

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-279, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Following the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-277

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0165S

TBWA0612E

EC-278

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

C
Warm-up condition Idle speed Approximately 4V - BATTERY BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

D
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

62

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
PBIB1790E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

G
EBS0165T

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0511E

4.

Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0285E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART


Check harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay. >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-279

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. 2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2 1 or 2 and ground Resistance Approximately 8 at 20C (68F) (Continuity should not exist)

EBS0165U

MBIB0027E

Removal and Installation


INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-48, "TIMING CHAIN" .

EBS0165V

EC-280

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Component Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS0165W

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C angle properly in response to driving condition.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) P1121 1121 Electric throttle control actuator B) C) DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
q

EBS0165X

D
Possible cause

E
Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Malfunction A Malfunction B Malfunction C Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EBS0165Y

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: q Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. q If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. 10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-282, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-281

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-282, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0165Z

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation


Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS01660

EC-282

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS01661

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name

NOTE: If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or EC P1126. Refer to EC-281 or EC-291 . Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- C back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. D
EBS01662

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.


DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.) Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator Throttle control motor relay

P1122 1122

Electric throttle control performance problem

Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.

q q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

J
EBS01663

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine is running.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-286, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-283

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01664

TBWB0092E

EC-284

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. 3 WIRE COLOR W/B ITEM Throttle control motor relay power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor (Close)

q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Released


PBIB1104E

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed


PBIB1105E

H
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

104

W/B

Throttle control motor relay

[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-285

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01665

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT


Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch OFF ON Voltage Approximately 0V Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0028E

EC-286

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.

EC

D
PBIB1972E

3.

Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage
F

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0575E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.
L M

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-287

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E106, M14 q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


Refer to EC-289, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 ECM terminal 4 5 6 4 5 Continuity Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist
PBIB2241E

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-288

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

EC

D
PBIB0518E

12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


Refer to EC-289, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 14.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
H

14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END
J

Component Inspection
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS01666

3.

If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.

PBIB0098E

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

EC-289

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS01667

EC-290

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY Component Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS01668

Power supply for the Throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ECM. C

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM THRTL RELAY
q

EBS01669

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON ON

SPECIFICATION

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P1124 1124 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor relay circuit short DTC detecting condition
q

EBS0166A

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.) Throttle control motor relay Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.) Throttle control motor relay

ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.


q q

P1126 1126

Throttle control motor relay circuit open

ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low.
q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0166B

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124


TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.

With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If DTC is detected, go to EC-294, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-291

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-294, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-292

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0166C

EC

TBWB0093E

EC-293

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 3 WIRE COLOR W/B ITEM Throttle control motor relay power supply Throttle control motor relay CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V
EBS0166D

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

104

W/B

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.

PBIB1972E

3.

Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5 and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0575E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-294

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

EC

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E106, M14 q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-295

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS0166E

3.

If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.

PBIB0098E

EC-296

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Component Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS0166F

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- EC back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P1128 1128 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short DTC detecting condition
q

EBS0166G

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)

ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0166H

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-300, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-297

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0166I

TBWB0094E

EC-298

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor (Close)

q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Released


PBIB1104E

E
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed


PBIB1105E

H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-299

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0166J

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 ECM terminal 4 5 4 6 5 Continuity Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist
PBIB2241E

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-300

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5.

EC

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

G
EBS0166K

Component Inspection
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

K
PBIB0095E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS0166L

EC-301

DTC P1143 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1143 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690
EBS0166M

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS0166N

CONDITION Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS0166O

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

On Board Diagnosis Logic


To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF300U

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


q q

Possible cause Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks

P1143 1143

Heated oxygen sensor 1 lean shift monitoring

The maximum and minimum voltage from the sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.

q q q

EC-302

DTC P1143 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0166P

A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: C q Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F). q Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P1143 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Touch START. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. NOTE: Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

H
PBIB0546E

6.

When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
1,200 - 2,800 rpm Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH) 1.9 - 14.5 msec Suitable position
PBIB0547E

ENG SPEED VHCL SPEED SEN B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever

7.

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-304, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEC769C

Overall Function Check

EBS0166Q

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-303

DTC P1143 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
2. 3.
q q

4.

Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time. If NG, go to EC-304, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0018E

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0166R

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-304

DTC P1143 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Tightening torque: 40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

EC

>> GO TO 3.

D
PBIB0499E

3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

I
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-208 . No >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0495E

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER


Refer to EC-134, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-305

DTC P1143 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . For circuit, refer to EC-170, "Wiring Diagram" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS0166S

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-306

DTC P1143 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
q

Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. C q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. D q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V E 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 F in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread G Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS0166T

EC-307

DTC P1144 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1144 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690
EBS0166U

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS0166V

CONDITION Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS0166W

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

On Board Diagnosis Logic


To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF299U

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector

P1144 1144

Heated oxygen sensor 1 rich shift monitoring

The maximum and minimum voltages from the sensor are beyond the specified voltages.

q q q

EC-308

DTC P1144 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0166X

A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: C q Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F). q Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P1144 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Touch START. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. NOTE: Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

H
PBIB0548E

6.

When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
1,200 - 2,800 rpm Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH) 1.9 - 14.5 msec Suitable position
PBIB0549E

ENG SPEED VHCL SPEED SEN B/FUEL SCHDL Selector lever

7.

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-310, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEC772C

Overall Function Check

EBS0166Y

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-309

DTC P1144 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
2. 3.
q q

4.

Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time. The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least 1 time. If NG, go to EC-310, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0018E

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0166Z

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-310

DTC P1144 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Tightening torque: 40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

EC

>> GO TO 3.

D
PBIB0499E

3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

I
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-215 . No >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0495E

EC-311

DTC P1144 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER


Refer to EC-134, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-312, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . For circuit, refer to EC-170, "Wiring Diagram" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS01670

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

EC-312

DTC P1144 HO2S1


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
6. Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

EC

G
SEF648Y

CAUTION: Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
q

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
J

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS01671

EC-313

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1146 HO2S2 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.

PFP:226A0
EBS01672

SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S2 (B1)
q q

EBS01673

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

EBS01674

PBIB0554E

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector

P1146 1146

Heated oxygen sensor 2 minimum voltage monitoring

The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.

q q q

EC-314

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01675

A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: q COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and EC COND3 are completed. q If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait C at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in ProD cedure for COND1

WITH CONSULT-II Procedure for COND1


For the Best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C(32 to 86F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle 1 minute. 5. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1146 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 6. Touch START. 7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds. 8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load. If COMPLETED appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3. If COMPLETED does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step. 9. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed at COND1 on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED B/FUEL SCHDL COOLAN TEMP/S Selector lever More than 1,000 rpm More than 1.0 msec 70 - 105C Suitable position

PBIB0555E

NOTE: q If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1. q If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-315

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with OD OFF from the above condition [step 9] until INCOMPLETE at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) NOTE: If COMPLETE already appears at COND3 on CONSULTII screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0556E

Procedure for COND3


1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until INCOMPLETE of COND3 on CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.) Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-318, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED is displayed, performed the following. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). SEC775C Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLAN TEMP/S indication on CONSULT-II. When COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C(158F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
EBS01676

2.

a. b. c. d.

Overall Function Check

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. If NG, go to EC-318, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

7.

8.

EC-316

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01677

EC

TBWA0603E

EC-317

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - Approximately 1.0V

16

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01678

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-318

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. 4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? 1. 2.

EC

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-215 . No >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3.

PBIB0495E

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

EC-319

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS01679

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

EC-320

DTC P1146 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
6. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
A

EC

PBIB0817E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
G

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS0167A

EC-321

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1147 HO2S2 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.

PFP:226A0
EBS0167B

SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S2 (B1)
q q

EBS0167C

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuelcut.

EBS0167D

PBIB0820E

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks

P1147 1147

Heated oxygen sensor 2 maximum voltage monitoring

The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.

q q q q

EC-322

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0167E

A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: q COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and EC COND3 are completed. q If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait C at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in ProD cedure for COND1

WITH CONSULT-II Procedure for COND1


For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C(32 to 86F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle 1 minute. 5. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1147 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 6. Touch START. 7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds. 8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load. If COMPLETED appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3. If COMPLETED does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step. 9. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed at COND1 on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED B/FUEL SCHDL COOLAN TEMP/S Selector lever More than 1,000 rpm More than 1.0 msec 70 - 105C Suitable position

PBIB0557E

NOTE: q If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1. q If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-323

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with OD OFF from the above condition [step 9] until INCOMPLETE at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) NOTE: If COMPLETE already appears at COND3 on CONSULTII screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0558E

Procedure for COND3


1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until INCOMPLETE of COND3 on CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.) Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-326, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED is displayed, perform the following. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). SEC778C Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLAN TEMP/S indication on CONSULT-II. When COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C(158F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
EBS0167F

2.

a. b. c. d.

Overall Function Check

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. If NG, go to EC-326, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

7.

8.

EC-324

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0167G

EC

TBWA0603E

EC-325

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - Approximately 1.0V

16

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0167H

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-326

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA


With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR. 4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? 1. 2.

EC

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-54, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-208 . No >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3.

PBIB0495E

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

EC-327

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS0167I

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

EC-328

DTC P1147 HO2S2


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
6. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
A

EC

PBIB0817E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF. The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
G

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS0167J

EC-329

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE System Description


COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Battery Air conditioner switch Refrigerant pressure sensor Wheel sensor*1 Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage*2 Air conditioner ON signal Refrigerant pressure Vehicle speed Cooling fan control ECM function

PFP:00000
EBS0167K

Actuator

Cooling fan relay

*1: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

OPERATION

PBIB2193E

EC-330

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM AIR COND SIG
q

EBS0167L

A
CONDITION SPECIFICATION OFF ON OFF

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) Engine coolant temperature is 94C (201F) or less

EC

COOLING FAN
q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between 95C (203F) and 99C (210F) or more Engine coolant temperature is 100C (212F) or more

LOW

HIGH

E
EBS0167M

On Board Diagnosis Logic

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) Cooling fan Radiator hose Radiator Radiator cap Water pump Thermostat

Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. Engine coolant is not within the specified range.

q q q q q q

P1217 1217

Engine over temperature (Overheat)

For more information, refer to EC-342, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-10, "Changing Engine Oil" . 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" . 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.

Overall Function Check

EBS0167N

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-331

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W

2.

3.

4. 5.

Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. If the results are NG, go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646X

WITH GST
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" . 2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" . 3. Start engine. Be careful not to overheat engine. 4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. 5. Turn air conditioner switch ON. 6. Turn blower fan switch ON. 7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating. Be careful not to overheat engine. 8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed. If NG, go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If OK, go to the following step. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF. 10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 1.

SEF621W

SEC163BA

EC-332

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed. Be careful not to overheat engine. 14. If NG, go to EC-335, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

C
MEC475B

EC-333

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0167O

TBWB0095E

EC-334

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Cooling fan is not operating

89

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is high speed operating

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

97

PU

Cooling fan relay (Low)


q

Cooling fan is not operating

[Ignition switch: ON] Cooling fan is operating

E
0 - 1.0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0167P

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 4.
G

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION


With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch LOW on the CONSULT-II screen. 3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC339, "PROCEDURE A" .)
I

SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION


With CONSULT-II 1. Touch HIGHon the CONSULT-II screen. 2. Make sure that cooling fan-2 operate at higher speed than low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC341, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF785Z

EC-335

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION


1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-II Disconnect cooling fan relay-3. Start engine and let it idle. Turn air conditioner switch ON. Turn blower fan switch ON.

PBIB1972E

5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC339, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEC163BA

5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION


Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-3. 3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 5. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-2 operates at higher speed than low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC341, "PROCEDURE B" .)

MEC475B

EC-336

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK


Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops. Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi) CAUTION: Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage. Pressure should not drop. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

EC

E
SLC754A

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following for leak. q Hose q Radiator q Water pump (Refer toCO-21, "WATER PUMP" .) >> Repair or replace.

8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP


Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief pressure. Radiator cap relief pressure: 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace radiator cap.

L
SLC755A

EC-337

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. 2. 3. Remove thermostat. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. It should seat tightly. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift. Valve opening temperature: Valve lift: 4. 82 C (180 F) [standard] More than 8 mm/95 C (0.31 in/203 F)

Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace thermostat.

SLC343

10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-159, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES


If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-342, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-338

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
PROCEDURE A
A

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

E
PBIB1972E

4.

Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5, 7 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0577E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q 40A fusible links q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M J

EC-339

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and ground. Continuity should exist. 4. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and ground. Continuity should exist. 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0504E

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 97. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E116, M75 q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1


Refer to EC-343, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relay-1.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2


Refer to EC-343, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

EC-340

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

PROCEDURE B

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relay-3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1972E

4.

Check voltage between cooling fan relay-3 terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

J
PBIB0251E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and fuse q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3 and cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6, cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and ground. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0504E

EC-341

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 89. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E116, M75 q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-3


Refer to EC-343, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relay-3.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-2


Refer to EC-343, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace cooling fan motor-2.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating


Engine OFF Step 1
q q q q

EBS0167Q

Inspection item Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper Coolant mixture Coolant level
q q q

Equipment Visual

Standard No blocking

Reference page

2 3

q q

Coolant tester Visual

50 - 50% coolant mixture Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) No leaks

See MA-14 . See CO-10 .

Radiator cap

Pressure tester

See CO-14 .

ON*2

Coolant leaks

Visual

See CO-10 .

EC-342

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Engine ON*2 ON*1 OFF ON*3 Step 6 7 8 9
q

Inspection item Thermostat Cooling fan Combustion gas leak Coolant temperature gauge Coolant overflow to reservoir tank Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator Cylinder head Cylinder block and pistons
q

Equipment Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses CONSULT-II Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Visual Visual Visual

Standard Both hoses should be hot Operating Negative Gauge less than 3/4 when driving No overflow during driving and idling Should be initial level in reservoir tank 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston

Reference page See CO-23 , and CO-13 . See trouble diagnosis for DTC P1217 (EC-330 ). See CO-10 . See CO-10 .

EC

OFF*4

10

E
q

OFF

11 12

Straight gauge feeler gauge Visual

See EM-72 . See EM-92 .

*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

H
EBS0167R

Component Inspection
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -3
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

SEF745U

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1


1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Terminals (+) Cooling fan motor 1 (-) 2

PBIB1999E

EC-343

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Terminals Speed Low Cooling fan motor High (+) 1 1., 2 (-) 4 3, 4
SEF734W

EC-344

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119

A
EBS0167S

EC

D
PBIB0145E

E
EBS0167T

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1225 1225 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance problem DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
q

F
Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
EBS0167U

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-346, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-345

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0167V

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS0167W

EC-346

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119

A
EBS0167X

EC

D
PBIB0145E

E
EBS0167Y

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1226 1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance problem DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
q

F
Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
EBS0167Z

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-348, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

M
SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-347

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01680

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS01681

EC-348

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

PFP:16119

A
EBS01682

Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (PSP sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Power steering pressure sensor

EC

P1229 1229

Sensor power supply circuit short

ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high.
q q q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
F
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01683

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

M
SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-349

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01684

TBWB0106E

EC-350

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 46 WIRE COLOR ITEM Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Power steering pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position senor 1) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

C
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V

65

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01685

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-351

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
ECM terminal 90 46 65 Sensor terminal APP sensor terminal 6 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 PSP sensor terminal 3 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-350 EC-430 EC-266

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-92, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .) q Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-269, "Component Inspection" .) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
q

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-396, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-352

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-353

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH Component Description


When the shift lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.

PFP:32006
EBS0168R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW
q

EBS0168S

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON Shift lever: P or N Shift lever: Except above ON OFF

SPECIFICATION

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P1706 1706 Trouble diagnosis name Park/neutral position switch DTC detecting condition The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch is not changed in the process of engine starting and driving.
q

EBS0168T

Possible cause Harness or connectors (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.) Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
EBS0168U

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever) N or P position Except above position Known-good signal ON OFF

3. 4. 5.

If NG, go to EC-357, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If OK, go to following step. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
1,500 - 6,375 rpm More than 70C (158F) 3.0 - 31.8 msec More than 64 km/h (40 MPH) Suitable position

SEF212Y

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S B/FUEL SCHDL VHCL SPEED SE Selector lever

6.

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-357, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF213Y

EC-354

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Overall Function Check

EBS0168V

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal) and body ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) P or N position Except above position Voltage V (Known good data) Approx. 0 Battery voltage

EC

3.

If NG, go to EC-357, "Diagnostic Procedure" .


E
MBIB0029E

EC-355

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0168W

TBWB0096E

EC-356

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Shift lever: P or N

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)


EBS0168X

102

G/OR

PNP switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Except above position

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 1 and ECM terminal 102, combination meter terminal 55. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M61, F41 q Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM q Harness for open or short between PNP switch and combination meter >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK PNP SWITCH


Refer to AT-359, "PNP switch" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace PNP switch.

EC-357

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-358

DTC P1720 VSS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1720 VSS Description

PFP:31036

A
EBS0173J

NOTE: If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC EC-123, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). ECM uses these two C signals for engine control.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM VEH SPEED SE
q

EBS0173K

D
CONDITION SPECIFICATION Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication
EBS0173L

Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-II value with speedometer indication

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

F
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (Revolution sensor circuit is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (Wheel sensor circuit is open or shorted.) TCM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter
EBS0173M

P1720 1720

Vehicle speed sensor (A/T output)

ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed sensor signals is out of the specified range.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without brake pedal depressing. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-360, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-359

DTC P1720 VSS


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0173N

1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-5, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INDEX" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

3. CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-360

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH Description

PFP:25320

A
EBS0168Y

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM BRAKE SW
q

EBS0168Z

C
CONDITION SPECIFICATION OFF ON
EBS01690

Ignition switch: ON

Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1805 1805 Trouble diagnosis name Brake switch DTC detecting condition A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
q

E
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) Stop lamp switch
EBS01691

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode

ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.Therefore,acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition When engine is idling When accelerating Driving condition Normal Poor acceleration
EBS01692

DTC Confirmation Procedure


WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-363, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB1952E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-361

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS01693

TBWB0097E

EC-362

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Brake pedal: Fully released

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)


EBS01694

101

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Stop lamp Not illuminated Illuminated

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

L
PBIB0498E

2.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

PBIB1184E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-363

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 101. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0498E

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Refer to EC-364, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

EBS01695

PBIB0498E

EC-364

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Conditions Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Continuity Should not exist. Should exist.

EC

If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1185E

EC-365

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR Component Description

PFP:18002
EBS01696

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL SEN1
q

EBS01697

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V ON OFF

ACCEL SEN2*

CLSD THL POS

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01698

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-349 .
DTC No. P2122 2122 P2123 2123 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01699

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION:

EC-366

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
A

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
F

EC-367

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0169A

TBWA0624E

EC-368

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

82

R/Y

Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

C
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

[Engine is running]
q q

D
Approximately 0V

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

E
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V

90

F
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q

91

BR/Y

Approximately 5V

G
0.15 - 0.6V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

H
1.95 - 2.4V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

I
0.5 - 1.0V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

J
3.9 - 4.7V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-369

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0169B

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-370

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 82. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K I

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 106. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-372, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-371

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 106 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 98 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 3.9 - 4.7V 0.15 - 0.6V 1.95 - 2.4V

EBS0169C

MBIB0023E

4. 5. 6. 7.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next step. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EBS0169D

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-372

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Component Description

PFP:18002

A
EBS0169E

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC tor position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal C position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM E receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL SEN1
q

EBS0169F

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V ON OFF

ACCEL SEN2*

CLSD THL POS

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P2127 2127 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
q

EBS0169G

Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)

P2128 2128

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0169H

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-373

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-377, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-374

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0169I

EC

TBWB0087E

EC-375

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q q

Approximately 5V

82

R/Y

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

EC-376

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0169J

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-377

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0915E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 91. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 91 47 Sensor terminal APP sensor terminal 4 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-375 EC-383

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-388, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-378

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 83. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F D

8. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 98. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H

9. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-380, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-379

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 106 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 98 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 3.9 - 4.7V 0.15 - 0.6V 1.95 - 2.4V

EBS0169K

MBIB0023E

4. 5. 6. 7.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next step. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EBS0169L

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-380

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119

A
EBS0169M

EC

D
PBIB0145E

E
EBS0169N

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION More than 0.36V

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

G
Less than 4.75V

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

H
EBS0169O

Possible cause Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor

P2135 2135

Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem

Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0169P

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-381

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-385, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-382

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0169Q

EC

TBWB0088E

EC-383

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q q q

DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running] 66 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Less than 4.75V

68

Throttle position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 0.36V

91

BR/Y

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

EC-384

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0169R

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-385

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2241E

3.

Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 47 91 Sensor terminal Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 APP sensor terminal 4 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-383 EC-375

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-380, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11 NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-386

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49, electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 68. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-388, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.
L

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-387

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal), 68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 49 (Throttle position sensor 1) 68 (Throttle position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V Less than 4.75V More than 0.36V

EBS0169S

6. 7. 8.

If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB2247E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS0169T

EC-388

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR Component Description

PFP:18002

A
EBS0169U

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC tor position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal C position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM E receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL SEN1
q

EBS0169V

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V ON OFF

ACCEL SEN2*

CLSD THL POS

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS0169W

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-349 .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)

P2138 2138

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/performance problem

Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-389

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS0169X

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-393, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-390

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0169Y

EC

TBWB0089E

EC-391

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q q

Approximately 5V

82

R/Y

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

EC-392

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0169Z

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-393

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0915E

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 91. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

EC-394

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 91 47 Sensor terminal APP sensor terminal 4 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-391 EC-383

EC

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-388, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 7.

7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END
G

8. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 82, APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 83. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 106, APP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 98. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-395

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

10. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-396, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11.

11. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 106 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 98 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 3.9 - 4.7V 0.15 - 0.6V 1.95 - 2.4V

EBS016A0

MBIB0023E

4. 5. 6. 7.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next step. Perform EC-36, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-37, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EBS016A1

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-396

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

IGNITION SIGNAL Component Description


IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

PFP:22448

A
EBS016A2

EC

PBIB1969E

EC-397

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016A3

TBWA0628E

EC-398

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

C
0 - 1.0V

111

G/W

ECM relay (Self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

D
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

E
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

119 120 121

SB GY W/L

Power supply for ECM Power supply for ECM (Back-up)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]

EC-399

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

TBWA0629E

EC-400

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 0.1V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
PBIB0521E

60 61 79 80

L/R BR GY/R PU

Ignition signal No. 3 Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 2

E
0 - 0.2V

F
[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

G
PBIB0522E

H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016A4

1. CHECK ENGINE START


Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2. Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB0133E

EC-401

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


Without CONSULT-II Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ground with an oscilloscope. 3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below. NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 1. 2.

MBIB0033E

PBIB0521E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12.

4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Go to EC-115, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .

MBIB0034E

EC-402

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1969E

4.

Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage
F

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 6.

H
PBIB0624E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM relay. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and condenser terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB1973E

7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV


Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0625E

EC-403

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q 20A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-406, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace ECM relay.

10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

11. CHECK CONDENSER


Refer to EC-406, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace condenser.

EC-404

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

PBIB1969E

5.

Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13.

H
SEF107S

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ignition coil terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-405

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR


Refer to EC-406, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ECM RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Continuity Yes No

EBS016A5

3.

If NG, replace ECM relay.


PBIB0077E

CONDENSER
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. Resistance: Above 1 M at 25C (77F)

MBIB0031E

EC-406

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. 2 and 3 1 and 2 1 and 3 Except 0 Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Except 0 or

EC

MBIB0032E

Removal and Installation


IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-33, "IGNITION COIL" .

EBS016A6

EC-407

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

INJECTOR CIRCUIT Component Description


The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

PFP:16600
EBS016A7

SEF375Z

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016A8

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N No load 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 2.5 - 3.5 msec

B/FUEL SCHDL
q q q q

2.5 - 3.5 msec 2.0 - 3.0 msec

INJ PULSE-B1
q q

1.9 - 2.9 msec

EC-408

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016A9

EC

TBWA0630E

EC-409

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running]
q q

(11 - 14V)

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
PBIB0529E

22 23 41 42

G/B R/B L/B Y/B

Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 2

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016AA

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. Is any cylinder ignited? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3.

EC-410

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II Start engine. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2.

EC

E
PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each injector operating sound. Clicking noise should be heard.

I
PBIB1986E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-411

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1970E

4.

Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M61, F41 q Harness connectors F1, F101 q Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-412

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

6. DETECT MALFONCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F101, F1 q Harness for open or short between injector and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace injector.
D

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
F

Component Inspection
INJECTOR
1. 2. Disconnect injector harness connector. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

G
EBS016AB

K
PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation


INJECTOR
Refer to EM-36, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

EBS016AC

EC-413

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

VIAS Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Battery Engine coolant temperature sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed* Amount of intake air Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Battery voltage* Engine coolant temperature VIAS control ECM function

PFP:14956
EBS016AD

Actuator

VIAS control solenoid valve

*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

PBIB0843E

When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suction efficiency and higher torque generation. The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector. Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction resistance under high speeds.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Power Valve


The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid valve.

PBIB0946E

EC-414

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the power valve actuator.
A

EC

PBIB0947E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


MONITOR ITEM VIAS S/V
q

EBS016AE

CONDITION Idle Engine: After warming up More than 5,000 rpm OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

EC-415

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016AF

TBWA0651E

EC-416

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 6 Y VIAS control solenoid valve
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

Idle speed

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm

EC-417

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016AG

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.

PBIB0844E

3.

Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

PBIB0949E

1. 2.

Without CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

PBIB0949E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2. NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.

EC-418

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE


With CONSULT-II Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator. Start engine and let it idle. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check vacuum existence under the following conditions. 1. 2. 3.
VIAS SOL VALVE ON OFF Vacuum Should exist. Should not exist.

EC

E
PBIB0844E

OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. NG >> GO TO 4.

3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-II Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector. Start engine and let it idle. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply No supply Vacuum Should exist. Should not exist.

OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. NG >> GO TO 4.

L
PBIB0845E

4. CHECK VACUUM HOSE


Stop engine. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-27, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair hoses or tubes. 1. 2.

SEF109L

EC-419

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK VACUUM TANK


Refer to EC-421, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace vacuum tank.

6. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0947E

3.

Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB0173E

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and ECM relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-420

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-421, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.

EC

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

D
EBS016AH

Component Inspection
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition VIAS SOL VALVE ON OFF Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No Air passage continuity between A and C No Yes

Operation takes less than 1 second.


PBIB0177E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No Air passage continuity between A and C

L
No Yes

M
MEC488B

Operation takes less than 1 second.

VACUUM TANK
1. 2. 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B .

PBIB0846E

EC-421

VIAS
[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Removal and Installation


VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016AI

EC-422

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Battery Input Signal to ECM Engine speed* Fuel pump control Battery voltage* Fuel pump relay ECM Function Actuator

PFP:17042

A
EBS016AJ

EC

*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Ignition switch is turned to ON Engine running and cranking When engine is stopped Except as shown above Fuel pump operation Operates for 1 second. Operates. Stops in 1.5 seconds. Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.

K
PBIB0513E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS016AK

L
CONDITION SPECIFICATION ON OFF

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Engine running or cranking Except above conditions

FUEL PUMP RLY

q q

EC-423

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016AL

TBWB0098E

EC-424

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

C
0 - 1.0V

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

114

B/OR

Fuel pump relay

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

D
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

Diagnostic Procedure

E
EBS016AM

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers. Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
F

I
PBIB1983E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel pump relay. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1974E

4.

Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0191E

EC-425

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M17, B1 q Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and condenser terminal 1, condenser terminal 2 and ground. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors B22, B128 q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser q Harness for open or short between condenser and ground
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-428, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace condenser.

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5, fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0506E

EC-426

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors B22, B128 q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump q Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

EC

9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 2 and ECM terminal 114. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors B2, M18 q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H

11. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY


Refer to EC-428, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.

12. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-428, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace fuel pump.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-427

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016AN

PBIB0098E

FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 3 and 5. Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25C (77F)]

PBIB0658E

CONDENSER
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check resistance between condenser terminal 1 and 2. Resistance: Above 1M [at 25C (77F)]

MBIB0031E

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

EBS016AO

EC-428

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description


The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PFP:92136

A
EBS016AT

EC

D
PBIB0945E

H
SEF099X

EC-429

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016AU

TBWA0634E

EC-430

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 46 WIRE COLOR ITEM Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor/ Power steering pressure sensor/ Refrigerant pressure sensor) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

C
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
q q

D
Approximately 0V

57

Warm-up condition Idle speed

E
[Engine is running]
q q

69

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Warm-up condition Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

1.0 - 4.0V

(Compressor operates)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016AV

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-122, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-431

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0035E

3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF. Stop engine. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0945E

5.

Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF479Y

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-432

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.
H

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NG >> Repair or replace.

Removal and Installation


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to ATC-138, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

EBS016AW

EC-433

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is 2nd Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF Heater fan is operating HEATER FAN SW
q

PFP:25350
EBS016AX

SPECIFICATION ON OFF ON OFF

LOAD SIGNAL

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

Heater fan is not operating

EC-434

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016AY

EC

TBWB0099E

EC-435

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] 84 L/Y Electrical load signal (Headlamp signal)
q

DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V

Lighting switch: 2nd position

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Lighting switch: OFF

[Engine is running]
q

96

LG/B

Heater fan switch


q

Heater fan switch: ON

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running] Heater fan switch: OFF

EC-436

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWB0100E

EC-437

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] 93 BR Electrical load signal (Rear window defogger signal)
q

DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V

Rear window defogger switch: ON

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Rear window defogger switch: OFF

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016AZ

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCITION-I


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position Lighting switch: OFF LOAD SIGNAL ON OFF

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E

3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I


Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position Lighting switch: OFF Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE 0V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 8.
MBIB0158E

EC-438

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II


With CONSULT-II Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII under the following conditions.
Condition Rear window defogger switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: OFF LOAD SIGNAL ON OFF

EC

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 13.


PBIB0103E

5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II


Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Rear window defogger switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: OFF Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE 0V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 13.


PBIB1773E

6. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II Check HEATER FAN SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition Heater fan control switch: ON Heater fan control switch: OFF LOAD SIGNAL ON OFF

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 16.


PBIB1995E

7. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION


Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 96 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Heater fan control switch: ON heater fan control switch: OFF Voltage 0V Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 16.


PBIB1219E

EC-439

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

8. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION


1. Start engine. 2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position. 3. Check that headlamps are illuminated. OK or NG OK (Without xenon headlamp)>>GO TO 9. OK (With xenon headlamp)>>GO TO 11. NG >> Refer to LT-5, "HEADLAMP -CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" or LT-21, "HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE ".

9. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors. Check harness continuity between lighting switch terminal 9, 10 and ECM terminal 84 under the following conditions.

PBIB2204E

Condition 1 2

Continuity Should exist Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E105, M13 q Diode E123 q Diode E124 q Harness for open and short between lighting switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-440

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

11. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect HID relay LH. Check harness continuity between HID relay LH terminal 3 and ECM terminal 84. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> GO TO 12.

EC

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E105, M13 q Harness for open and short between HID relay LH and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION


1. Start engine. 2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch. 3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> Refer to GW-18, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

14. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
K

1. 2. 3. 4.

Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect rear window defogger relay. Check harness continuity between rear window defogger relay 5 and ECM terminal 93. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> GO TO 15.

15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors B1, M17 q Harness for open and short between rear window defogger relay and ECM
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-441

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

16. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL FUNCTION


1. Start engine. 2. Turn ON the fan control switch. 3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 17. No >> Refer to ATC-33, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

17. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector. Check harness continuity between A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19 and ECM terminal 96. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-442

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR Wiring Diagram

PFP:24814

A
EBS016BA

EC

TBWB0101E

EC-443

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

TBWB0102E

EC-444

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PFP:14950

A
EBS016BB

EC

G
PBIB0491E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.

EC-445

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

PBIB1998E

EC-446

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A . Check that air flows freely through port C . 2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B . Check that air flows freely through port C .

EBS016BC

EC

D
PBIB0663E

FUEL CHECK VALVE


1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side. A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be directed toward the EVAP canister side. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.

2. 3.

H
SEF552Y

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
I

SEF989X

2.

Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi) 6.0 to 3.4 kPa (0.060 to 0.034 bar, 0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.49 psi)
M

3.

If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EC-447

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
WATER SEPARATOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with A , and then C plugged. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. NOTE: q Do not disassemble water separator.

PBIB1032E

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection" .

EC-448

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PFP:11810

A
EBS016BD

EC

G
PBIB0492E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.

PBIB1588E

Component Inspection
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet.

EBS016BE

PBIB1589E

EC-449

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. 2. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

S-ET277

EC-450

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Fuel Pressure


Fuel pressure at idle

PFP:00030

A
EBS016BH

Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing


Target idle speed Air conditioner: ON Ignition timing *: Under the following conditions:
q q q

EC
EBS016BI

No load* (in P or N position) In P or N position In P or N position

70050 rpm 700 rpm or more 155 BTDC

Air conditioner switch: OFF Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
EBS016BJ

Calculated Load Value


Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-II or GST) At idle At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 10 - 35

Mass Air Flow Sensor


Supply voltage Output voltage at idle Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST) *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load. Battery voltage (11 - 14V) 1.1 - 1.5*V 1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle* 4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*

G
EBS016BK

I
EBS016BL

Intake Air Temperature Sensor


Temperature C (F) 25 (77) 80 (176) Resistance k 1.94 - 2.06 0.295 - 0.349

K
EBS016BM

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Temperature C (F) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance k 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260

M
EBS016BN

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 3.3 - 4.0

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 5.0 - 7.0

EBS016BO

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)


Refer to EC-244, "Component Inspection" .

EBS016BP

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)


Refer to EC-251, "Component Inspection" .

EBS016BQ

Throttle Control Motor


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1 - 15

EBS016BR

EC-451

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[QR (FOR HONG KONG)]

Injector
Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 13.5 - 17.5

EBS016BS

Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0

EBS016BT

EC-452

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PFP:00024

A
EBS015XJ

NOTE: If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC U1001. Refer to EC-560, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SENSOR ASCD BRAKE SW*5 ASCD SW*5 ASCD VHL SPD SEN*5 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 CTP LEARNING CTP LEARNING ECM ECM BACK UP/CIRC ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ENG OVER TEMP ETC ACTR ETC FUNCTION/CIRC ETC MOT ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT PWR HO2S1 (B1)*6 HO2S1 (B1)*6 DTC*1 CONSULT-II P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 P1572 P1564 P1574 P1805 U1000 U1001 P0335 P0340 P1225 P1226 P0605 P1065 P0117 P0118 P1217 P1121 P1122 P1128 P1124 P1126 P0132 P0134 P0011 P0327 P0328 P0102 P0103 P1610 - P1615 No DTC ECM*2 2122 2123 2127 2128 2138 1572 1564 1574 1805 1000*4 1001*4 0335 0340 1225 1226 0605 1065 0117 0118 1217 1121 1122 1128 1124 1126 0132 0134 0011 0327 0328 0102 0103 1610 - 1615 Flashing*3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 or 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 Trip MIL lighting up or *7 or *8 Flashing*3 Reference page EC-733 EC-733 EC-740 EC-740 EC-756 EC-715 EC-705 EC-725 EC-727 EC-560 EC-560 EC-619 EC-627 EC-696 EC-698 EC-642 EC-645 EC-577 EC-577 EC-679 EC-649 EC-652 EC-671 EC-663 EC-663 EC-591 EC-599 EC-563 EC-614 EC-614 EC-570 EC-570 EC-487 EC-489

INT/V TIM CONT-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT NATS MALFUNCTION NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.

EC-453

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. PW ST P SEN/CIRC SENSOR POWER/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SENSOR VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC DTC*1 Trip CONSULT-II P0000 P0550 P1229 P0222 P0223 P0122 P0123 P2135 P0500 ECM*2 0000 0550 1229 0222 0223 0122 0123 2135 0500 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 MIL lighting up Reference page

EC-637 EC-700 EC-606 EC-606 EC-583 EC-583 EC-748 EC-635

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *3: When engine is running. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II. *5: Models with ASCD. *6: Models with three way catalyst. *7: QR25DE engine models. *8: QR20DE engine models.

EC-454

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC No. Index

EBS015XK

NOTE: If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-560, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1 CONSULT-II No DTC U1000 U1001 P0000 P0011 P0102 P0103 P0117 P0118 P0122 P0123 P0132 P0134 P0222 P0223 P0327 P0328 P0335 P0340 P0500 P0550 P0605 P1065 P1121 P1122 P1124 P1126 P1128 P1217 P1225 P1226 P1229 P1564 P1572 P1574 P1610 - P1615 ECM*2 Flashing* 1000*4 1001*4 0000 0011 0102 0103 0117 0118 0122 0123 0132 0134 0222 0223 0327 0328 0335 0340 0500 0550 0605 1065 1121 1122 1124 1126 1128 1217 1225 1226 1229 1564 1572 1574 1610 - 1615
3

EC
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN COMM CIRCUIT NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. INT/V TIM CONT-B1 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT TP SEN 2/CIRC TP SEN 2/CIRC HO2S1 (B1)*6 HO2S1 (B1)*6 TP SEN 1/CIRC TP SEN 1/CIRC KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC PW ST P SEN/CIRC ECM ECM BACK UP/CIRC ETC ACTR ETC FUNCTION/CIRC ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT PWR ETC MOT ENG OVER TEMP CTP LEARNING CTP LEARNING SENSOR POWER/CIRC ASCD SW*
5

Trip

MIL lighting up

Reference page

C
2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 or 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 Flashing* *7 or *8 or
3

EC-489 EC-560 EC-560 EC-563 EC-570 EC-570 EC-577 EC-577 EC-583 EC-583 EC-591 EC-599 EC-606 EC-606 EC-614 EC-614 EC-619 EC-627 EC-635 EC-637 EC-642 EC-645 EC-649 EC-652 EC-663 EC-663 EC-671 EC-679 EC-696 EC-698 EC-700 EC-705 EC-715 EC-725 EC-487

ASCD BRAKE SW*5 ASCD VHL SPD SEN*5 NATS MALFUNCTION

EC-455

INDEX FOR DTC


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
DTC*1 CONSULT-II P1805 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2135 P2138 ECM*
2

Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 1/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC APP SEN 2/CIRC TP SENSOR APP SENSOR

Trip 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MIL lighting up

Reference page EC-727 EC-733 EC-733 EC-740 EC-740 EC-748 EC-756

1805 2122 2123 2127 2128 2135 2138

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *3: When engine is running. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II. *5: Models with ASCD. *6: Models with three way catalyst. *7: QR25DE engine models. *8: QR20DE engine models.

EC-456

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

EBS015XL

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. C WARNING: q To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. q Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air E Bag Module, see the SRS section. q Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. F

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine

EBS015XM

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: q Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. q Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) q Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-72, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" . q Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. q Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM.

Precaution
q q

EBS015XN

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

EC-457

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
q q

Do not disassemble ECM. If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the initial ECM values. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.

PBIB1164E

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.

PBIB1512E

q q

q q q

q q

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-519 . Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS).

PBIB0090E

MEF040D

EC-458

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
q

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

EC

C
SAT652J

D
q

When measuring ECM signal with a circuit tester, connect break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM harness connector. When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/ output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

SEF348N

q q

Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

PBIB0513E

EC-459

PRECAUTIONS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
q q

Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily. Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave radio can be kept smaller. Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

SEF708Y

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis


When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following: q GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams" q PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: q GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" q GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EBS015XO

EC-460

PREPARATION
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PREPARATION Special Service Tools


Tool number Tool name KV10117100 Heated oxygen sensor wrench Description

PFP:00002

A
EBS015XP

EC

Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut

D
S-NT379

KV10114400 Heated oxygen sensor wrench

Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in)

F
S-NT636

EG17650301 Radiator cap tester adapter

Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radiator filler neck a: 28 (1.10) dia. b: 31.4 (1.236) dia. c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

KV109E0010 Break-out box

Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

NT825

K
Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

KV109E0080 Y-cable adapter

M
NT826

EC-461

PREPARATION
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Commercial Service Tools


Tool name Quick connector release Description

EBS015XQ

Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine room (Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter

Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure

S-NT653

Socket wrench

Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner ie: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12)

Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A907)
S-NT779

Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads.

EC-462

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram


QR20DE ENGINE MODELS

PFP:23710

A
EBS015XR

EC

PBIB2197E

EC-463

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS Models without Three Way Catalyst

PBIB2198E

EC-464

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Models with Three Way Catalyst
A

EC

PBIB2199E

EC-465

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Vacuum Hose Drawing


QR20DE ENGINE MODELS

EBS015XS

PBIB0489E

Refer to EC-463, "QR20DE ENGINE MODELS" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-466

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS
A

EC

PBIB1445E

Refer to EC-464, "QR25DE ENGINE MODELS" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-467

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

System Chart
Input (Sensor)
q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q

EBS015XT

ECM Function Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Electronic ignition system Fuel pump control ASCD vehicle speed control*7 On board diagnostic system Power valve control*9 Intake valve timing control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control*4 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control*5 EVAP canister purge flow control Air conditioning cut control

Output (Actuator) Fuel injector Power transistor Fuel pump relay Electric throttle control actuator*7 MIL (On the instrument panel)*3 VIAS control solenoid valve*9 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater*4 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater*5 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Air conditioner relay

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1*4 Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Intake air temperature sensor Power steering pressure sensor Ignition switch Battery voltage Knock sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Stop lamp switch Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 *5 TCM (Transmission control module)*2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 Air conditioner switch Wheel sensor*2 Electrical load signal Absolute pressure sensor*6 ASCD steering switch*7 ASCD brake switch*7 ASCD clutch switch*7 *8

q q q q q q q

Cooling fan control

Cooling fan relay

*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: This output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line. *4: Models with three way catalyst. *5: QR20DE engine models. *6: Models for Latin America and Mexico. *7: Models with ASCD *8: M/T models. *9: QR25DE engine models.

EC-468

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1* Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Knock sensor Battery Power steering pressure sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 *4 Wheel sensor*2 Air conditioner switch
5

EBS015XU

A
Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*3 and piston position Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Gear position Engine knocking condition Battery voltage*
3

ECM function

Actuator

EC

D
Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector

Power steering operation Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Vehicle speed Air conditioner operation

*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *4: QR20DE engine models. *5: Models with three way catalyst.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air flow sensor.

VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION


In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. <Fuel increase> q During warm-up q When starting the engine q During acceleration q Hot-engine operation q When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models) q High-load, high-speed operation <Fuel decrease> q During deceleration q During high engine speed operation

EC-469

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB0121E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-168 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2.

Open Loop Control


The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. q Deceleration and acceleration q High-load, high-speed operation q Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit q Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature q High engine coolant temperature q During warm-up q After shifting from N to D (A/T models) q When starting the engine

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL


The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim. Short term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. Long term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-470

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A

EC

SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System


Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running.
E

Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System


Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.

FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
H

Electronic Ignition (EI) System


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Knock sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Battery Wheel sensor*1 Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*2 and piston position ECM function Actuator

EBS015XV

J
Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Engine knocking Gear position Battery voltage*2 Vehicle speed Ignition timing control

K
Power transistor

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec A BTDC During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. q At starting q During warm-up

SEF742M

EC-471

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
At idle q At low battery voltage q During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
q

Air Conditioning Cut Control


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Air conditioner switch Throttle position sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Battery Refrigerant pressure sensor Power steering pressure sensor Wheel sensor*1 Input Signal to ECM Air conditioner ON signal Throttle valve opening angle Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure Power steering operation Vehicle speed Air conditioner cut control ECM function Actuator

EBS015XW

Air conditioner relay

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. q When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. q When cranking the engine. q At high engine speeds. q When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. q When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. q When engine speed is excessively low. q When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Accelerator pedal position sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Wheel sensor* Input Signal to ECM Neutral position Accelerator pedal position Engine coolant temperature Engine speed Vehicle speed Fuel cut control Fuel injector ECM function Actuator

EBS015XX

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-469 .

EC-472

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

CAN Communication Unit


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EBS015XY

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C

M/T MODELS WITH 2WD System Diagram


D

I
SKIA9999E

Input/output Signal Chart


T: Transmit R: Receive Signals Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/C compressor feedback signal Vehicle speed signal R ABS warning lamp signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal T T T T ECM T T T T ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter R R R R T R R R R

EC-473

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A/T MODELS WITH 2WD System Diagram

SKIB0001E

Input/output Signal Chart


T: Transmit R: Receive Signals Stop lamp switch signal PN range signal A/T position indicator lamp signal A/T CHECK switch signal*1 A/T CHECK indicator signal*1 Overdrive control switch signal*2 O/D OFF indicator signal*2 Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C compressor feedback signal Vehicle speed signal R ABS warning lamp signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal Engine A/T integrated control signal *1: For the Middle East *2: Except for the Middle East T T T T R R T T T T T T T R T T R T R R T R R R R ECM TCM R R T R T R T R R R R ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter T T R T R T R

EC-474

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
M/T MODELS WITH 4WD System Diagram
A

EC

PKIA6458E

Input/output Signal Chart


T: Transmit R: Receive Signals Stop lamp switch signal Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal A/C switch signal*1 Blower fan motor switch signal*1 A/C compressor feedback signal*2 Vehicle speed signal ABS warning lamp signal 4WD warning lamp signal 4WD mode indicator lamp signal Parking brake switch signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal Glow indicator lamp signal*1 *1: YD engine models only *2: QR engine models only T T T T T T T R R T T R T T T R R R T T R R T R R R T R R R R ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) T

H
4WD control unit R R R R Combination meter

EC-475

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A/T MODELS WITH 4WD System Diagram

PKIA6457E

Input/output Signal Chart


T: Transmit R: Receive Signals ECM TCM R T PN range signal A/T position indicator lamp signal A/T CHECK switch signal*1 A/T CHECK indicator signal*1 Overdrive control switch signal*2 O/D OFF indicator signal*2 Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C compressor feedback signal Vehicle speed signal R ABS warning lamp signal 4WD warning lamp signal 4WD mode indicator lamp signal Parking brake switch signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal T T T T T T R T T T T T R T T R R T R R T R R R T R R R R R T R T R T R R R R R R T R T R T R ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4WD control unit Combination meter T

Stop lamp switch signal

EC-476

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Signals ECM T R *1: For the Middle East *2: Except for the Middle East TCM R T ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4WD control unit Combination meter

Engine A/T integrated control signal

EC

EC-477

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check


IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

PFP:00018
EBS015XZ

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
Check the idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug. NOTE: For the method of installing the tachometer, refer to EC-478, "IGNITION TIMING" .

IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.

Method A
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown in the figure.

PBIB1975E

2.

Check ignition timing.

PBIB0514E

EC-478

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
A

EC

PBIB1982E

2.

Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this wire.

G
PBIB1976E

K
SEF166Y

3.

Check ignition timing.

PBIB0514E

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning


DESCRIPTION

EBS015Y0

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. 2. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.

EC-479

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EBS015Y1

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning


DESCRIPTION

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
EBS015Y2

Idle Air Volume Learning


DESCRIPTION

Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: q Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. q Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. q Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) q Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95C (158 - 203F) q PNP switch: ON q Electric load switch: OFF (Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger) q Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) q Vehicle speed: Stopped q Transmission: Warmed-up For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/ T system indicates less than 0.9V. For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.

OPERATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode.

SEF217Z

EC-480

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
6. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.
A

EC

C
SEF454Y

7.

8.

Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If CMPLT is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
SPECIFICATION QR20DE: 65050 rpm (in Neutral position) QR25DE: 70050 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position] M/T: 155 BTDC (in Neutral position) A/T: 155 BTDC (in P or N position)
MBIB0238E

ITEM Idle speed Ignition timing

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: q It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. q It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . 2. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turned ON. 9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON. 10. Start engine and let it idle. 11. Wait 20 seconds.
I

SEC897C

EC-481

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM Idle speed Ignition timing SPECIFICATION QR20DE: 65050 rpm (in Neutral position) QR25DE: 70050 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position] M/T: 155 BTDC (in Neutral position) A/T: 155 BTDC (in P or N position)

13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: 1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed. 2. Check PCV valve operation. 3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. 4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform EC-547, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . 5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again: q Engine stalls. q Erroneous idle.

Fuel Pressure Check


FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EBS015Y3

SEF214Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

PBIB0508E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK


Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.

EC-482

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
NOTE: Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres- A sure cannot be completely released because T30 models do not have fuel return system. CAUTION: q The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for EC other purposes. q Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside. C q When installing fuel hose quick connector, refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" . 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-482, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . 2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge. D q Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). q To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check. E q Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. q Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure. 3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" . F q Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose. q Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector. q Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover. G 4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure. q Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline. H q Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube and No.1 spool. q Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the I No.1 spool on fuel tube. q Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00). J q When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E q When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for damage and abnormality. K q Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. q Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). L Tightening torque:
q

1 - 1.5 Nm (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)


M

5.

6. 7. 8.

Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off. Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage. PBIB1977E Start engine and check for fuel leakage. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. q Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings. q During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes. At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. 10. Check the following. q Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

EC-483

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Fuel filter for clogging q Fuel pump q Fuel pressure regulator for clogging If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace.
q

EC-484

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction

PFP:00028

A
EBS015Y4

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Freeze Frame data 1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) 1st Trip Freeze Frame data

D
: Applicable : Not applicable

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
DTC CONSULT-II ECM 1st trip DTC *

Freeze Frame data

1st trip Freeze Frame data

*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-496 .)

Two Trip Detection Logic

EBS015Y5

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-496 .), the DTC is stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip. When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EBS015Y6

Emission-related Diagnostic Information


DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, DTC is stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-493 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.

EC-485

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. With CONSULT-II CONSULT-II displays the DTC in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1065, etc. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) Without CONSULT-II The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0117, 0340, 1065 etc. q 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. q Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended. A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].

PBIB0911E

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA


The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For details, see EC-532 . Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION How to Erase DTC


With CONSULT-II The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. 1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 2. Touch ENGINE. 3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.

EC-486

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
4. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
A

EC

F
PBIB0671E

Without CONSULT-II 1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. 2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-489, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . q If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. q The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Diagnostic trouble codes 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data 1st trip freeze frame data Others Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)


q

EBS015Y7

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or NATS MALFUNCTION is displayed on SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Refer to BL-147, "NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)" . Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching ERASE in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out SEF515Y with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual, NATS.

EC-487

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-36, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-876 . 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.

EBS015Y8

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION


The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test Mode Mode I KEY and ENG. Status Ignition switch in ON position Function BULB CHECK Explanation of Function This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running

MALFUNCTION WARNING

This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in the 1st trip.
q

One trip detection diagnoses

Mode II

Ignition switch in ON position

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.

Engine stopped

Engine running

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR

This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-488

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
MIL Flashing without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag- A nostic test mode. EC-489, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC489 . EC The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. q Diagnostic trouble codes q 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes C q Freeze frame data q 1st trip freeze frame data D q Others

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE


NOTE: q It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. q It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. q Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
E

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
G

PBIB0092E

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)


1. 2. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-489, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . Start Engine. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-489, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


1. 2. 3.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK


In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI36, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-876 .

EC-489

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL ON OFF
q

Condition When the malfunction is detected. No malfunction.

These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-453, "INDEX FOR DTC" )

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC489, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . q If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. q Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR


In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated oxygen sensor 1.
MIL ON OFF *Remains ON or OFF Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Lean Rich Any condition Closed loop system Open loop system Air fuel ratio feedback control condition

EC-490

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

A To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge. Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the EC MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.

EC-491

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Trouble Diagnosis Introduction


INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine. It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-493 . Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on EC-495 should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.

PFP:00004
EBS015Y9

MEF036D

SEF233G

SEF234G

EC-492

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WORK FLOW Flow Chart
A

EC

PBIB0912E

*1

If time data of SELF-DIAG RESULTS is other than [0] or [1t], perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

*2

If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 form EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . EC-547

If the on board diagnostic system cannot be performed, check main power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-552, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .

*4

*5

EC-493

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP STEP I DESCRIPTION Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-494 . Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-486 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-504 .) Also check related service bulletins for information. Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs. The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V. Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II. During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative. The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection. Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-498 .) Then perform inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-504 .) Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-519 , EC-541 . The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . Repair or replace the malfunction parts. If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM. (Refer to EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)

STEP II

STEP III

STEP IV

STEP V

STEP VI

STEP VII

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Description


There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: q Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.

SEF907L

EC-494

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
q

Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
A

Worksheet Sample

EC

MTBL0017

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

EBS015YA

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. NOTE: If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-560 .

EC-495

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Priority 1
q q q q q q q q q q q q

Detected items (DTC) U1000 U1001 CAN communication line P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 ECM P1229 Sensor power supply P1610-P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1*1 P0550 Power steering pressure sensor P1065 ECM power supply P1122 Electric throttle control function P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay P1128 Throttle control motor P1805 Brake switch P0011 Intake valve timing control P1121 Electric throttle control actuator P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1564 ASCD steering switch*2 P1572 ASCD brake switch*2 P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor*2

q q q q q q q

q q q q q q

*1: Models with three way catalyst. *2: Models with ASCD.

Fail-safe Chart
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. P0102 P0103 P0122 P0123 P0221 P0222 P2135 P1121 Detected items Mass air flow sensor circuit Throttle position sensor Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EBS015YB

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. (ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

Electric throttle control actuator

P1122

Electric throttle control function

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-496

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
DTC No. P1124 P1126 P1128 P1229 P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Detected items Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor Sensor power supply Accelerator pedal position sensor Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-497

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Basic Inspection

EBS015YC

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2.

3.

4.

Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leaks Air cleaner clogging Gasket Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge. Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5.

Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. >> GO TO 3

EC-498

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

EC

E
PBIA8513J

3.

Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. QR20DE: QR25DE: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position) 700 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
F

H
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II 1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. QR20DE: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position) QR25DE: 700 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position] OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . >> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING


Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . >> GO TO 6.

EC-499

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING


Refer to EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 7. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4.

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. QR20DE: QR25DE: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position) 700 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Check idle speed. QR20DE: QR25DE: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position) 700 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
SEF058Y

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the Following. Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-627 . q Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-619 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4.
q

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION


1. 2. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . >> GO TO 4.

EC-500

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING


1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

EC

PBIB0514E

M/T: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position) A/T: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11.

11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . >> GO TO 12.
H I

12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING


Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . >> GO TO 13.

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING


L

Refer to EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4.

EC-501

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. QR20DE: QR25DE: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position) 700 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]

1. 2.

Without CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. QR20DE: QR25DE: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position) 700 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
SEF058Y

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 17.

15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN


1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

PBIB0514E

M/T: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position) A/T: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION


Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-48, "TIMING CHAIN" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. 2. GO TO 4.

EC-502

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-627 . q Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-619 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4.

EC

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION


1. 2. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . >> GO TO 4.

EC-503

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Symptom Matrix Chart


SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

EBS015YD

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) HA 2 2

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

Reference page

Warranty symptom code Fuel Fuel pump circuit Fuel pressure regulator system Injector circuit Evaporative emission system Air Positive crankcase ventilation system Incorrect idle speed adjustment

AA 1 3 1 3 3 3

AB 1 3 1 3 3 3

AC 2 4 2 4 4

AD 3 4 3 4 4

AE 2 4 2 4 4

AF

AG 2

AH 2 4 2 4 4 1

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

AJ

AK

AL 3

AM

EC-831 EC-482 EC-816 EC-884

4 2

4 2

4 4 1

4 4 1

4 4 1

4 4 1 1

EC-889 EC-498 EC-649, EC-652 , EC-663 , EC-671 EC-498 EC-794 EC-552 EC-570 EC-577 EC-583, EC-606 , EC-696 , EC-698 , EC-748 EC-700, EC-733 , EC-740 , EC-756

Electric throttle control actuator

Ignition

Incorrect ignition timing adjustment Ignition circuit

3 1 2 1 1

3 1 2 1 1

1 2 3 2 2

1 2 3 2 2

1 2 3 2 2 3

1 2 3 2 2

1 2 3 2 2 3 1 2

1 2 3 2 2

Power supply and ground circuit Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit

Throttle position sensor circuit

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit (Models with three way catalyst) Knock sensor circuit Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit Vehicle speed signal circuit Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 2

2 2

3 2

2 3

EC-591, EC-599 , EC-781 EC-614 EC-619 EC-627

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

EC-635 EC-637

EC-504

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EC

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

Reference page

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code ECM Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit VIAS control solenoid valve circuit (QR25DE engine models) PNP switch circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit Electrical load signal circuit Air conditioner circuit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

AA 2 3

AB 2 3

AC 3 2

AD 3

AE 3 1 1

AF 3 3

AG 3 2

AH 3 2

AJ 3 3

AK 3

AL 3 3

AM

HA EC-642, EC-645 EC-563 EC-822

3 2

3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 4

EC-812 EC-845 EC-851

3 4

ATC-33, MTC-29 BRC-12

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page)

EC-505

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) HA

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

Reference page

Warranty symptom code Fuel Fuel tank

AA 5

AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

AG

AH

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

AJ

AK

AL

AM

FL-11 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-3, EM36

Fuel piping Vapor lock Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air Air duct Air cleaner Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Alternator circuit Starter circuit Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate PNP switch Engine Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket Cylinder block Piston Piston ring Connecting rod Bearing Crankshaft 6 6 3 6 4 5 5 1 1 5

EM-15 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-17 SC-4 SC-13 SC-23 EM-92 MT-14 or AT-359 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-72 5

4 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-92

EC-506

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EC

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

Reference page

IDLING VIBRATION

ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code Valve mechanism Timing chain Camshaft Intake valve timing control Intake valve Exhaust valve Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket Three way catalyst Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap Thermostat Water pump Water gallery Cooling fan Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)

AA

AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

AG

AH

AJ

AK

AL

AM

HA EM-48 EM-57

5 3

EM-48 EM-72

H
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-24, EX2 EM-27, LU14 , LU-11 , LU-5 LU-8 CO-13 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-23 CO-21 CO-7 CO-19 CO-10 1 1 EC-487 or BL-147

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-507

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Engine Control Component Parts Location


QR20DE ENGINE MODELS

EBS015YE

PBIB2230E

EC-508

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB2231E

EC-509

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PBIB1980E

EC-510

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB2232E

EC-511

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS

PBIB2233E

EC-512

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB2234E

EC-513

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PBIB1980E

EC-514

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

PBIB2235E

EC-515

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PBIB2236E

EC-516

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Circuit Diagram

EBS015YF

EC

TBWA0744E

EC-517

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

TBWA0745E

EC-518

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout

EBS015YG

EC

MBIB0045E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value


PREPARATION
1. 2. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection, remove glove box. Remove ECM harness protector.

EBS015YH

H
PBIB1973E

3. 4.

When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with levers as far as they will go as shown at right. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM harness connector. q Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time. q Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE


Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 1 WIRE COLOR B ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

ECM ground

Idle speed

Body ground

EC-519

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met Warm-up condition Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0V

2*1

PU/R

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm

[Engine is running]
q

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

W/B

Throttle control motor relay power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] 4 G Throttle control motor (Close)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Released
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB1105E

[Engine is running] 6*2


q

VIAS control solenoid valve


q

Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running] Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm

[Engine is running] 12 P Power steering pressure sensor


q

Steering wheel is being turned

0.5 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Steering wheel is not being turned

0.4 - 0.8V

EC-520

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

Approximately 3.0V

EC

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle

C
PBIB0527E

13*3 (14)*4

PU/R

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Approximately 3.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
PBIB0528E

[Engine is running]
q q

1.0 - 4.0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle

H
PBIB0525E

14*3 (13)*4

L/W

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0526E

15

Knock sensor

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Approximately 2.5V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

M
0 - Approximately 1.0V

16*

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

EC-521

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

19

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Approximately 10V [Engine is running]
q

PBIB0050E

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E

BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running]


q q

(11 - 14V)

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
PBIB0529E

22 23 41 42

G/B R/B L/B Y/B

Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 2

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

Approximately 7.0V [Engine is running]


q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm

24*

G/W

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running] 29 B Sensor ground (Camshaft position sensor) Sensor ground (Crankshaft position sensor) Intake air temperature sensor
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

30

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

34

Y/G

[Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.8V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature.

EC-522

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO.
5

WIRE COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION [Engine is running]

DATA (DC Voltage)

35*

P/L

Heated oxygen sensor 1

q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

EC

45*6

Sensor power supply (Absolute pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

46

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

D
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q q q

47

Approximately 5V

E
More than 0.36V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

49

Throttle position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.1 - 1.5V

50

OR

Mass air flow sensor


q q

[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,500 rpm 0.52 - 4.6V Output voltage varies with ambient barometric pressure. 1.6 - 2.0V

51*6

SB

Absolute pressure sensor

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]

54

Sensor ground (Knock sensor)

K
Approximately 0V

q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

[Engine is running] 56*


6

L
Approximately 0V

Sensor ground (Absolute pressure sensor) Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor/ Power steering pressure sensor/ Refrigerant pressure sensor/ ASCD steering switch)

q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

M
[Engine is running]
q q

57

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

EC-523

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 0.1V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
PBIB0521E

60 61 79 80

L/R BR GY/R PU

Ignition signal No. 3 Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 2

0 - 0.2V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0522E

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 4V - BATTERY

62

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB1790E

65

Sensor power supply (Power steering pressure sensor) Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]

Approximately 5V

66

q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running] 67 B/P Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Less than 4.75V

68

Throttle position sensor 2


q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36V

[Engine is running]
q

69

Refrigerant pressure sensor


q

Warm-up condition Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

1.0 - 4.0V

(Compressor operates) 72 BR/Y Engine coolant temperature sensor [Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature.

EC-524

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

73

Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

EC

[Engine is running] 74*


5

q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

82

R/Y

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

E
Approximately 0V

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

[Ignition switch: ON] 84 L/Y Electrical load signal (Headlamp signal)


q

Lighting switch: 2ND position

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 1.0 - 2.5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Lighting switch: OFF

85 86

LG GY/R

DATA link connector CAN communication line

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

CONSULT-II is disconnected

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q

Cooling fan is not operating

89

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is high speed operating

90

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Electrical load signal (Rear window defogger signal) CAN communication line

J
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V

K
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q

91

BR/Y

Approximately 5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V

Rear window defogger switch: ON

93

BR

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Rear window defogger switch: OFF

M
2.5 - 4.0V Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

94

G/R

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q

Heater fan switch: ON

96

LG/B

Heater fan switch

[Engine is running]
q

Heater fan switch: OFF

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

97

PU

Cooling fan relay (Low)


q

Cooling fan is not operating

[Ignition switch: ON] Cooling fan is operating

EC-525

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

ASCD steering switch: OFF

Approximately 4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed

Approximately 0V

99*7

W/R

ASCD steering switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

CANCEL switch: Pressed

Approximately 1V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

Approximately 2V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

RESUME/ACCEL switch: Pressed

Approximately 3V

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Fully released

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V A/T models BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) M/T models Approximately 5V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V 0 - 1.0V

101

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

102

G/OR

PNP switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Except above position

104

W/B

Throttle control motor relay

[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q

105

BR/W

Air conditioner relay


q

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON (Compressor operates)

[Engine is running] A/C switch is OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Brake pedal: Depressed Clutch pedal: Depressed (M/T)

Approximately 0V

108*7

GY/L

ASCD brake switch


q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

EC-526

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
TERMINAL NO. 109 WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF] B/R Ignition switch [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage) 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

EC

110

L/R

Air conditioner switch signal


q

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

[Engine is running] A/C switch is OFF

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

D
0 - 1.0V

111

G/W

ECM relay (Self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

E
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

113*

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

0 - 1.0V

(114)*4

B/OR

Fuel pump relay

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

115 116 119 120 121

B B SB GY W/L

ECM ground Power supply for ECM Power supply for ECM (Back-up)

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) *1: QR20DE engine models. *2: QR25DE engine models. *3: Without NATS. *4: With NATS. *5: Models with three way catalyst. *6: Models for Latin America and Mexico. *7: Models with ASCD.

EC-527

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

CONSULT-II Function
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Work support Self-diagnostic results Data monitor Data monitor (SPEC) Active test Function test ECM part number Function

EBS015YI

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-II unit. Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other data monitor items can be read. Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. ECM part number can be read.

*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
q q q q q

Diagnostic trouble codes 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data 1st trip freeze frame data Others

EC-528

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Item WORK SUPPORT DTC*1 FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 1*
3

DATA MONITOR

DATA MONITOR (SPEC)

ACTIVE TEST

EC

Heated oxygen sensor 2*4 ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Vehicle speed signal Accelerator pedal position sensor Throttle position sensor Intake air temperature sensor Knock sensor INPUT Refrigerant pressure sensor Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) Air conditioner switch Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Stop lamp switch Power steering pressure sensor Absolute pressure sensor* ASCD steering switch*7 ASCD brake switch*7 ASCD clutch switch*7 *8 Battery voltage Electrical load signal Fuel injector ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Power transistor (Ignition timing) Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor OUTPUT EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Air conditioner relay Fuel pump relay Cooling fan relay Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater*3 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater*4 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve VIAS control solenoid valve*5 X: Applicable
6

EC-529

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs. *2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-486 . *3: Models with three way catalyst. *4: QR20DE engine models. *5: QR25DE engine models. *6: Models for Latin America and Mexico. *7: Models with ASCD. *8: M/T models

EC-530

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data link connector, which is located under driver side dash panel. Turn ignition switch ON.
A

EC

D
PBIB0376E

4.

Touch START(NISSAN BASED VHCL).

MBIB0233E

5.

Touch ENGINE. If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

SEF995X

6.

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

SEF838Z

EC-531

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item
WORK ITEM FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
q

CONDITION FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. IDLE CONDITION IDLE CONDITION

USAGE When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line When learning the idle air volume

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN

SELF-LEARNING CONT

When clearing the coefficient of self-learning control value When setting target idle speed When adjusting target ignition timing

TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*

q q

*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE Self Diagnostic Item


Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-453, "INDEX FOR DTC" .

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data


Freeze frame data item* DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX]
q

Description The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-453, "INDEX FOR DTC" .) Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. One mode in the following is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Long-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. Short-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

q q

FUEL SYS-B1

COOLANT TEMP [C] or [F] L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]

q q q

S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ENGINE SPEED [rpm] VEHICL SPEED [km/ h] or [mph] B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] INT/A TEMP SE [C] or [F]

*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

EC-532

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item
ECM INPUT SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

A
: Applicable MAIN SIGNALS

EC
Description Remarks

Monitored item [Unit]

q q

ENG SPEED [rpm]

Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.

Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.

When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control. When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or shortcircuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.

q q

COOLAN TEMP/S [C] or [F]

The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 1 is displayed. The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: RICH: means the mixture became rich, and control is being affected toward a leaner mixture. LEAN: means the mixture became lean, and control is being affected toward a rich mixture. Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed. The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
q

HO2S1 (B1) [V] HO2S2 (B1) [V]

K
After turning ON the ignition switch, RICH is displayed until air-fuel mixture ratio feedback control begins. When the air-fuel ratio feedback is clamped, the value just before the clamping is displayed continuously.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)*1 [RICH/LEAN]

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)*2 [RICH/LEAN]

When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] BATTERY VOLT [V]

EC-533

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
ECM INPUT SIGNALS
q

Monitored item [Unit]

MAIN SIGNALS

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

Description

Remarks

ACCEL SEN 1 [V] ACCEL SEN 2 [V] THRTL SEN 1 [V] THRTL SEN 2 [V] INT/A TEMP SE [C] or [F]

q q

The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed.

ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal. [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil pressure switch as determined by the power steering oil pressure signal is indicated. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
q q

START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal.

CLSD THL POS [ON/OFF] AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]

PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

LOAD SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

IGNITION SW [ON/OFF] HEATER FAN SW [ON/OFF] BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] IGN TIMING [BTDC]

When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.

PURG VOL C/V [%]


q

EC-534

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

A
Description Remarks

Monitored item [Unit]

INT/V TIM (B1) [CA]

Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle. The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated. The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating. OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operating. The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. Display the condition of idle air volume learning YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. The signal voltage of absolute pressure sensor is displayed. Indicated the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.

EC

INT/V SOL (B1) [%]


q

VIAS S/V*3 [ON/OFF]

AIR COND RLY [ON/OFF] FUEL PUMP RLY [ON/OFF] THRTL RELAY [ON/OFF]

COOLING FAN [HI/LOW/OFF]

HO2S1 HTR (B1)*1 [ON/OFF] HO2S2 HTR (B1)*2 [ON/OFF]

IDL A/V LEARN [YET/CMPLT]

ABSOL PRES/SE*4 [V] O2SEN HTR DTY*1 [%] AC PRESS SEN [V] VHCL SPEED SE*5 [km/h] or [mph]

EC-535

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

Monitored item [Unit]

Description

Remarks

SET VHCL SPD*5 [km/h] or [mph] MAIN SW*5 [ON/OFF] CANCEL SW*5 [ON/OFF] RESUME/ACC SW*5 [ON/OFF] SET SW*5 [ON/OFF] BRAKE SW1 SW*5 [ON/OFF] BRAKE SW2 SW*5 [ON/OFF]

The preset vehicle speed is displayed. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN (CRUISE) switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCEL switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/ COAST switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal, and ASCD clutch switch signal (M/T models). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON... Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT...Vehicle speed increased to excessively high compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON... Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT...Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/ D according to the input signal from the TCM. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/ D cancel signal sent from the TCM. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals.

VHCL SPD CUT*5 [NON/CUT]

LO SPEED CUT*5 [NON/CUT]

AT OD MONITOR*5 [ON/OFF] AT OD CANCEL*5 [ON/OFF] CRUISE LAMP*5 [ON/OFF] SET LAMP*5 [ON/OFF] Voltage [V] Frequency [msec], [Hz] or [%] DUTY-HI DUTY-LOW PLS WIDTH-HI PLS WIDTH-LOW

Only # is displayed if item is unable to be measured. Figures with #s are temporary ones. They are the same figures as an actual piece of data which was just previously measured.

Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width measured by the probe.

EC-536

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

A
Description Remarks

Monitored item [Unit]

CAN COMM [OK/NG] CAN CIRC 1 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 2 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 3 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 4 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 5 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 6 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 7 [OK/UNKWN] *1: Models with three way catalyst. *2: QR20DE engine models. *3: QR25DE engine models. *4: Models for Latin America and Mexico *5: Models with ASCD.

EC

Indicates the communication condition of CAN communication line.

These items are not displayed in SELECTION FROM MENU mode.

NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE Monitored Item


Monitored item [Unit] ECM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS
q

J
Description Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor specification is displayed. Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
q

Remarks

ENG SPEED [rpm]

L
When engine is running specification range is indicated. When engine is running specification range is indicated. When engine is running specification range is indicated. This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control.

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]

q q

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-537

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
ACTIVE TEST MODE Test Item
TEST ITEM
q

CONDITION Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Timing light: Set Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-II. Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. Air conditioner switch OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Cut off each injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-II. Ignition switch: ON Turn the cooling fan LOW, HI, OFF with CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II. Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Turn the fuel pump relay ON and OFF using CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound. Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-II.

JUDGEMENT
q

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) Harness and connectors Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 1

FUEL INJECTION

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

q q

IGNITION TIMING

q q

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.

q q q

Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil Harness and connectors Cooling fan relay Cooling fan motor Harness and connectors Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injector

POWER BALANCE

q q q

Engine runs rough or dies.


q q q q

COOLING FAN*

Cooling fan moves and stops.

q q q

ENG COOLANT TEMP

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

FUEL PUMP RELAY

Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.

q q

Harness and connectors Fuel pump relay

PURG VOL CONT/V

Engine speed changes according to the opening percent.

q q

Harness and connectors Solenoid valve

V/T ASSIGN ANGLE

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

Harness and connectors Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

EC-538

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA) Description
A

CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode. EC 1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger): q The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in real time. C In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM. At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording D Data ... xx% as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If E STOP is touched on the screen during Recording Data ... xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed. SEF705Y The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIGGER POINT and F Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual. 2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger): q DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed G automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM. DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though H a malfunction is detected.
I

SEF707X

Operation
1. AUTO TRIG q While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is detected. q While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent. When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/ 1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .) MANU TRIG q If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
J

2.

EC-539

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PBIB0197E

EC-540

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS015YJ

Remarks: q Specification data are reference values. q Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION ENG SPEED
q

EC

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine: After warming up Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 2,000 rpm Idle 2,500 rpm Idle

Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V

q q

D
Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V 2.5 - 3.5 msec

MAS A/F SE-B1


q q q q

B/FUEL SCHDL
q q

2.5 - 3.5 msec

A/F ALPHA-B1 COOLAN TEMP/S HO2S1 (B1)*2

q q q q q

54% - 155%

G
More than 70C (158F) 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S2 (B1)*3

0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)*2

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds

q q

K
LEAN RICH

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)*

L
Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication 11 - 14V 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON

VEH SPEED SE BATTERY VOLT ACCEL SEN1

Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

q q

ACCEL SEN2*1

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*1

START SIGNAL CLSD THL POS

Ignition switch: ON START ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Ignition switch: ON

Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.)

AIR COND SIG

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

EC-541

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON CONDITION Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Shift lever: Except above PW/ST SIGNAL
q

SPECIFICATION ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

Steering wheel is in neutral position (Forward direction) Steering wheel is turned Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd

LOAD SIGNAL

Ignition switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF

IGNITION SW HEATER FAN SW

Ignition switch: ON OFF ON Ignition switch: ON Heater fan is operating Heater fan is not operating

ON OFF OFF ON 2.0 - 3.0 msec 1.9 - 2.9 msec

BRAKE SW

Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) No load Engine: After warming up

Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

INJ PULSE-B1
q q q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

13 - 17 BTDC 25 - 45 BTDC

IGN TIMING
q q q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

0% 20 - 30% 5 - 5CA Approx. 0 - 20CA

PURG VOL C/V


q q q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

INT/V TIM (B1)


q q q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

0% - 2% Approx. 0% - 50%

INT/V SOL (B1)


q q

VIAS S/V*4

Idle More than 5,000 rpm

OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON

AIR COND RLY

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Engine running or cranking Except above conditions Ignition switch: ON

FUEL PUMP RLY

q q

THRTL RELAY

EC-542

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION Engine coolant temperature is 94C (201F) or less
q

SPECIFICATION

A
OFF

COOLING FAN
q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between 95C (203F) and 99C (210F) Engine coolant temperature is 100C (212F) or more

LOW

EC

HIGH ON OFF

Engine: After warming up Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met. Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm Ignition switch: ON Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80C (176F) Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Engine: Idle Air conditioner switch: OFF Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II value Engine: Running Ignition switch: ON ASCD: Operating MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed

HO2S1 HTR

(B1)*2

q q q

HO2S2 HTR (B1)*3

ON

OFF Approx. 4.4V

ABSOL PRES/SE*

q q

O2SEN HTR

DTY*2
q q

Approx. 50% Approx. 0V

AC PRESS SEN

q q

H
1.0 - 4.0V Almost the same speed as the CONSULT-II value The preset vehicle speed is displayed ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF

VEH SPEED SE*6 SET VHCL SPD*6 MAIN SW*


6

MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Released CANCEL switch: Pressed

CANCEL SW*6

Ignition switch: ON

CANCEL switch: Released RESUME/ACCEL switch: Pressed

RESUME/ACC SW*6

Ignition switch: ON

RESUME/ACCEL switch: Released SET/COAST switch: Pressed

SET SW*6

Ignition switch: ON

SET/COAST switch: Released Brake pedal: Fully released

BRAKE SW1*6

Ignition switch: ON

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released

BRAKE SW2*6 CRUISE LAMP*6

Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON MAIN (CRUISE) switch: ON When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH)

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time SET/COAST switch: Pressed ASCD control is canceled

q q

SET LAMP*6

EC-543

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM CAN COMM CAN CIRC 1 CAN CIRC 2 CAN CIRC 3
q

CONDITION OK OK

SPECIFICATION

OK or UNKWN UNKWN Ignition switch: ON OK UNKWN UNKWN UNKWN

CAN CIRC 4 CAN CIRC 5 CAN CIRC 6 CAN CIRC 7

*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. *2: Models with three way catalyst. *3: QR20DE engine models. *4: QR25DE engine models. *5: Models for Latin America and Mexico. *6: Models with ASCD.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode


The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.

EBS015YK

CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1


Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in 1st position (M/T models). The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.

EC-544

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A

EC

F
SEF241Y

EC-545

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PBIB0668E

EC-546

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description

PFP:00031

A
EBS015YL

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: q B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D rection) q A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) E q MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)

Testing Condition
q q q q q q

EBS015YM

Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles) Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi) Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F) Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F) Transmission: Warmed-up*1
2

Electrical load: Not applied*2 q Engine speed: Idle *1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). For M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. *2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead.

Inspection Procedure
NOTE: Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-498, "Basic Inspection" . 2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. 3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II. 4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. 5. If NG, go to EC-548, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EBS015YN

SEF601Z

EC-547

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS015YO

SEF613ZD

EC-548

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

SEF768Z

EC-549

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

SEF615ZA

EC-550

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description

PFP:00006

A
EBS015YP

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the C specific malfunctioning area. Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow II III IV VI Situation The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t]. The symptom described by the customer does not recur. (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
EBS015YQ

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS


Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests, Ground Inspection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace.
L M

EC-551

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram

PFP:24110
EBS016BU

TBWA0746E

EC-552

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 1 B WIRE COLOR ITEM [Engine is running]
q

EC
CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

ECM ground

Idle speed

Body ground 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

[Ignition switch: OFF] 109 B/R Ignition switch [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] 111 G/W ECM relay (Self shut-off)
q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

115 116 119 120

B B SB GY

ECM ground Power supply for ECM

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Diagnostic Procedure

H
EBS016BV

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No >> GO TO 2.
I J

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0015E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-553

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-554

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. Disconnect ECM relay.

EC

D
PBIB1973E

2.

Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

SEF420X

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q 20A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9.
L M

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-555

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

10. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-559, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-794, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . NG >> Replace ECM relay.

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


1. 2. 3. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop approximately 0V.

PBIB1630E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12. NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 14.

12. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV


1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB1973E

2.

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13.

SEF860T

EC-556

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, F36 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

14. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ECM relay terminal 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15.

15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H

16. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-559, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-557

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

17. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

18. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END

EC-558

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ECM RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.

EBS016BW

EC
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Continuity Yes

C
No

3.

If NG, replace ECM relay.


D
PBIB0077E

Ground Inspection

EBS016BX

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: q Remove the ground bolt or screw. q Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. q Clean as required to assure good contact. q Reinstall bolt or screw securely. q Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. q If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-13, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

EC-559

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description

PFP:23710
EBS016BY

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. U1000 1000 U1001 1001 Trouble diagnosis name
q

EBS016BZ

DTC detecting condition ECM cannot communicate to other control units. ECM cannot communicate for more than the specified time.

Possible cause Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)

CAN communication line

DTC Confirmation Procedure


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-562, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EBS016C0

EC-560

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016C1

EC

TBWA0595E

EC-561

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016C2

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Print out the CONSULT-II screen. A/T models

PBIB1057E

M/T models

PBIB1058E

>> Go to LAN-4, "CAN Communication Unit" .

EC-562

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine coolant temperature sensor Wheel sensor* Input signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature Vehicle speed Intake valve timing control ECM function

PFP:23796

A
EBS016C3

Actuator

EC

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

I
PBIB0540E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.

COMPONENT DISCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position.
PBIB1842E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016C4

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 5 - 5CA Approx. 0 - 20CA

INT/V TIM (B1)


q q

EC-563

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
MONITOR ITEM
q q

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 0% - 2%

INT/V SOL (B1)


q q

Approx. 0% - 50%

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition
q

EBS016C5

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft

P0011 0011

Intake valve timing control performance

There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.

q q q q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Intake valve timing control Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
EBS016C6

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
1,200 - 2,000 (A constant rotation is maintained.) 60 - 120C (140 - 248F) M/T: Neutral position A/T: P or N position
SEF174Y

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S Selector lever

4. 5. 6.

Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-567, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
2,000 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) 80 - 90C (176 - 194F)

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S

EC-564

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Selector lever Driving location uphill 1st or 2nd position Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.)

7.

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-567, "Diagnostic Procedure" .


EBS016C7

EC

Overall Function Check

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 62 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground. Start engine and let it idle. Check the voltage under the following conditions. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 4V - BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Conditions At idle

2,000 rpm
SEF955V

J
PBIB1790E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

7.

If NG, go to EC-567, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-565

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016C8

TBWA0612E

EC-566

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

C
Warm-up condition Idle speed Approximately 4V - BATTERY BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

D
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

62

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
PBIB1790E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

G
EBS016C9

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0511E

4.

Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0285E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART


Check harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay. >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-567

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)


Refer to EC-244, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

6. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)


Refer to EC-251, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)


Check the following. q Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end q Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-114, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . For wiring diagram refer to CKP sensor (POS) EC-240 and CMP sensor (PHASE) EC-247 . >> INSPECTION END

EC-568

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. 2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Terminals 1 and 2 1 or 2 and ground Resistance Approximately 8 at 20C (68F) (Continuity should not exist)

EBS016CA

EC

MBIB0027E

Removal and Installation


INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-48, "TIMING CHAIN" .

E
EBS016CB

EC-569

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR Component Description


The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PFP:22680
EBS016CC

PBIB1604E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016CD

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load 2,500 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V

MAS A/F SE-B1


q q

Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016CE

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air leaks Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor

P0102 0102

Mass air flow sensor circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM when engine is running.

q q q

P0103 0103

Mass air flow sensor circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EBS016CF

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-570

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most. Tarn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

K
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Tarn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. Tarn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-573, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

EC-571

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016CG

TBWA0598E

EC-572

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

C
1.1 - 1.5V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

50

OR

Mass air flow sensor


q q

[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,500 rpm 1.6 - 2.0V

[Engine is running] 67 B/P Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor)


q q

E
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

F
EBS016CH

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated? P0102 or P0103 P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM


Check the following for connection. q Air duct q Vacuum hoses q Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts.

EC-573

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-574

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0495E

3.

Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB1168E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM q Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I

6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 67. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L

EC-575

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


Refer to EC-576, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminal 50 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground.
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to about 4,000 rpm* Voltage V Approx. 1.0 1.1 - 1.5 1.6 - 2.0 1.1 - 1.5 to Approx. 4.0

EBS016CI

MBIB0017E

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.

4. a. b. c. 5. 6.

If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform steps 2 and 3 again. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EBS016CJ

Removal and Installation


MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-576

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR Component Description


The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

PFP:22630

A
EBS016CK

EC

D
SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) 10 (14) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Voltage* V 4.4 3.5 2.2 0.9 Resistance 7.0 - 11.4 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260 k

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

H
SEF012P

CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0117 0117 Trouble Diagnosis Name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input DTC Detecting Condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause

EBS016CL

K
q

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Engine coolant temperature sensor

P0118 0118

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON or START. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or START Except as shown above Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II display) 40C (104F) 80C (176F) 40 - 80C (104 - 176F) (Depends on the time)

When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.

EC-577

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016CM

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-580, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-580, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-578

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016CN

EC

TBWA0600E

EC-579

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016CO

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-580

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0496E

3.

Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 73. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K I J

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-582, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-581

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

EBS016CP

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Voltage* 3.5 2.2 0.9 V Resistance 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260 k

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

2.

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation


ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" .

EBS016CQ

EC-582

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119

A
EBS016CR

EC

D
PBIB0145E

E
EBS016CS

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION More than 0.36V

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

G
Less than 4.75V

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0122 0122 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
q

H
EBS016CT

Possible cause Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor

P0123 0123

Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016CU

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-583

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-587, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-587, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-584

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016CV

EC

TBWB0084E

EC-585

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q q q

DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running] 66 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Less than 4.75V

68

Throttle position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 0.36V

91

BR/Y

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

EC-586

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016CW

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-587

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1992E

PBIB1971E

3.

Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

EC-588

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 47 91 Sensor terminal Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 APP sensor terminal 4 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-585 EC-742

EC

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11 NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END
G

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 68. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-589

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T). Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal), 68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 49 (Throttle position sensor 1) 68 (Throttle position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V Less than 4.75V More than 0.36V

EBS016CX

6. 7. 8.

If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

MBIB0022E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016CY

EC-590

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0132 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690

A
EBS016CZ

EC

D
SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS016D0

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds
EBS016D1

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic


To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

SEF301UA

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. (QR20DE engine models)
DTC No. P0132 0132 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 1

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

EC-591

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016D2

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-594, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF174Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-594, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-592

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016D3

EC

TBWA0602E

EC-593

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

74

Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016D4

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-594

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Tightening torque: 40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

EC

D
PBIB2237E

PBIB2239E

>> GO TO 3.
I

EC-595

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.

PBIB2238E

PBIB2239E

2. 3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-596

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER


Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-597, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
D

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
F

G
EBS016D5

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

L
SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

EC-597

DTC P0132 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. 1. 2. 3.

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS016D6

EC-598

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0134 HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690

A
EBS016D7

EC

D
SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS016D8

CONDITION Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds
EBS016D9

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

On Board Diagnosis Logic


Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately 0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. P0134 0134

Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit no activity detected

DTC detecting condition


q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Heated oxygen sensor 1

The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V.


q

EC-599

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Overall Function Check

EBS016DA

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select H02S1 (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range between 0.2V to 0.4V. If NG, go to EC-602, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3.
q

4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V. If NG, go to EC-602, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0018E

EC-600

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016DB

EC

TBWA0602E

EC-601

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016DC

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-602

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.

EC

D
PBIB2238E

PBIB2239E

2. 3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M L

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-603

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS016DD

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.

EC-604

DTC P0134 HO2S1


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. A q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. EC q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. C 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E D CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS016DE

EC-605

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119
EBS016DF

PBIB0145E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS016DG

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0222 0222 P0223 0223 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
q

EBS016DH

Possible cause Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) Accelerator pedal position sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016DI

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-606

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
2. 3. 4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-610, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

C
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-610, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-607

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016DJ

TBWB0085E

EC-608

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

F
Approximately 0V

[Engine is running] 66 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Less than 4.75V

68

Throttle position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

I
More than 0.36V

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

J
Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

[Ignition switch: ON]

EC-609

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016DK

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-610

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1992E

PBIB1971E

3.

Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V
I

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

K
PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

EC-611

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 47 91 Sensor terminal Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 APP sensor terminal 4 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-608 EC-742

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11 NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-612

DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-613, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

EC

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
F

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T). Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal), 68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 49 (Throttle position sensor 1) 68 (Throttle position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V Less than 4.75V More than 0.36V

G
EBS016DL

L
MBIB0022E

6. 7. 8.

If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016DM

EC-613

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0327, P0328 KS Component Description

PFP:22060
EBS016DN

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

PBIB0512E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0327 0327 P0328 0328 Trouble Diagnosis Name Knock sensor circuit low input Knock sensor circuit high input DTC Detected Condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

EBS016DO

Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Knock sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016DP

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-616, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-616, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-614

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016DQ

EC

TBWA0606E

EC-615

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 15 WIRE COLOR W ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Knock sensor

Idle speed

Approximately 2.5V

[Engine is running] 54 Sensor ground (Knock sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016DR

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M. Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)] 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II


1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.

PBIB0512E

2.

Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-616

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR


Refer to EC-618, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

L
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and ground. Continuity should exist 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-617

DTC P0327, P0328 KS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M. Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)] CAUTION: Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.

EBS016DS

SEF227W

Removal and Installation


KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-92, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EBS016DT

EC-618

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) Component Description


The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running to the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

PFP:23731

A
EBS016DU

EC

D
PBIB0562E

E
EBS016DV

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ENG SPEED
q

F
CONDITION SPECIFICATION Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication
EBS016DW

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
q

H
DTC detecting condition The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. Possible cause

P0335 0335

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Signal plate

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

K
EBS016DX

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-623, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-619

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-623, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-620

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016DY

EC

TBWA0747E

EC-621

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

Approximately 3V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 13*1 (14)*
2

PU/R

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

PBIB0527E

Approximately 3V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

30

Sensor ground (Crankshaft position sensor)

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) *1: Without NATS. *2: With NATS.

EC-622

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016DZ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-623

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

PBIB0512E

2. 3.

Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0664E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM q Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 30. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-624

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

A Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 13 (Without NATS) or 14 (With NATS). Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)


Refer to EC-625, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
E

7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH


Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace the signal plate.
G H

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

J
EBS016E0

Component Inspection
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

EC-625

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) 3 (+) - 1 (-) 3 (+) - 2 (-) 2 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

6.

If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation


CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-92, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EBS016E1

EC-626

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) Component Description


The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.

PFP:23731

A
EBS016E2

EC

D
PBIB0562E

E
EBS016E3

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
q

DTC detecting condition The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running. The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Camshaft (Intake) Starter motor (Refer to SC-23 .) Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-23 .) Dead (Weak) battery

q q q q q

P0340 0340

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

I
EBS016E4

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-630, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-630, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

5. 6.

SEF058Y

EC-627

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-630, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-630, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-628

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016E5

EC

TBWA0748E

EC-629

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

1.0 - 4.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 14*1 (13)*
2

L/W

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

PBIB0525E

1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0526E

29

Sensor ground (Camshaft position sensor)

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) *1: Without NATS. *2: With NATS.

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016E6

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-23, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC-630

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-631

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0496E

3.

Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0664E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM q Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 29. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-632

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

A Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14 (Without NATS) or 13 (With NATS). Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)


Refer to EC-634, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
E

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)


Check the following. q Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end q Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft.
G H

J
PBIB0565E

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-633

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

EBS016E7

PBIB0563E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.


Terminal No. (Polarity) 3 (+) - 1 (-) 3 (+) - 2 (-) 2 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation


CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-57, "CAMSHAFT" .

EBS016E8

EC-634

DTC P0500 VSS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0500 VSS Description

PFP:32702

A
EBS016E9

NOTE: If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC U1001. Refer to EC-560, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN C communication line.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016EA

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Combination meter
EBS016EB

P0500 0500

Vehicle speed sensor

The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. Start engine. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULTII should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-636, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If OK, go to following step. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
M/T: 2,000 - 6,000 rpm A/T: 1,750 - 6,000 rpm More than 70C (158F) QR20DE QR25DE Selector lever PW/ST SIGNAL 4.9 - 31.8 msec M/T: 5.0 - 31.8 msec A/T: 6.0 - 31.8 msec Suitable position OFF
SEF196Y

3. 4. 5.

ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S B/FUEL SCHDL

6.

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-636, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-635

DTC P0500 VSS


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Overall Function Check

EBS016EC

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed with combination meter. The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-636, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016ED

4.

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-12, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-636

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR Component Description


Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.

PFP:49763

A
EBS016EE

EC

D
PBIB0502E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM PW/ST SIGNAL
q

E
EBS016EF

CONDITION Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Steering wheel is in neutral position (Forward direction) Steering wheel is turned OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

G
EBS016EG

On Board Diagnosis Logic

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-700 .
DTC No. P0550 0550 Trouble diagnosis name Power steering pressure sensor circuit DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Power steering pressure sensor
EBS016EH

An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.


q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-639, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-639, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-637

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016EI

TBWA0610E

EC-638

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 12 P Power steering pressure sensor
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Steering wheel is being turned

0.5 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
q

Steering wheel is not being turned

0.4 - 0.8V

57

Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor/Power steering pressure sensor/Refrigerant pressure sensor/ ASCD steering switch) Sensor power supply (Power steering pressure sensor)

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

F
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V

65

Diagnostic Procedure

G
EBS016EJ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .
H

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-639

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0502E

3.

Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

SEF509Y

3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 12. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PSP SENSOR


Refer to EC-641, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace PSP sensor.

EC-640

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016EK

Component Inspection
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and let it idle. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Steering wheel is being turned fully. Steering wheel is not being turned. Voltage 0.5 - 4.0V 0.4 - 0.8V

MBIB0025E

Removal and Installation


POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to PS-35, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .

EBS016EL

EC-641

DTC P0605 ECM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P0605 ECM Component Description


The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PFP:23710
EBS016EM

PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No. P0605 0605 Trouble diagnosis name A) Engine control module B) C) DTC detecting condition ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
q

EBS016EN

Possible cause

ECM

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Malfunction A Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
EBS016EO

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-642

DTC P0605 ECM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

E
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Repeat step 3 for 32 times. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

K
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-643

DTC P0605 ECM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016EP

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-642 . 5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-489 . Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-642 . 4. Is the 1st trip DTC 0605 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-644

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY Component Description


Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc.

PFP:23710

A
EBS016EQ

EC

D
PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P1065 1065 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

E
EBS016ER

Possible cause Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] ECM
EBS016ES

ECM power supply circuit

ECM back up RAM system does not function properly.


q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-647, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-647, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-645

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016ET

TBWA0611E

EC-646

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 121 WIRE COLOR W/L ITEM Power supply for ECM (Back-up) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
EBS016EU

EC

[Ignition switch: OFF]

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

H
MBIB0026E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, F36 q Harness connectors F41, M61 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-647

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-645 . 5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-489 . Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-645 . 4. Is the 1st trip DTC 1065 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END

5. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-648

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Component Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS016EV

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C angle properly in response to driving condition.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name A) P1121 1121 Electric throttle control actuator B) C) DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
q

EBS016EW

D
Possible cause

E
Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Malfunction A Malfunction B Malfunction C Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EBS016EX

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: q Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. q If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. 4. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 7. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. 8. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). 9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. 10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-649

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). Start engine and let it idle for the 3 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016EY

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

EC-650

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

C
EBS016EZ

Removal and Installation


Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-651

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION Description

PFP:16119
EBS016F0

NOTE: If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or P1126. Refer to EC-652 or EC-663 . Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016F1

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.) Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator Throttle control motor relay

P1122 1122

Electric throttle control performance problem

Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.

q q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016F2

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine is running.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-658, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-652

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-658, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

EC-653

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016F3

TBWA0749E

EC-654

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 3 WIRE COLOR W/B ITEM Throttle control motor relay power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 4 G Throttle control motor (Close)
q q q

[Ignition switch: ON]

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Released

F
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB1105E

104

W/B

Throttle control motor relay

[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-655

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0614E

EC-656

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. 3 WIRE COLOR W/B ITEM Throttle control motor relay power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor (Close)

q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Released
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB1105E

H
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

104

W/B

Throttle control motor relay

[Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-657

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016F4

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT


Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch OFF ON Voltage Approximately 0V Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0028E

EC-658

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.

EC

D
PBIB1972E

3.

Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage
F

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0575E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.
L M

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-659

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E116, M75 (LHD models with 4WD) q Harness connectors E125, M94 (LHD models with 2WD) q Harness connectors E106, M14 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


Refer to EC-661, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 ECM terminal 4 5 6 4 5 Continuity Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist
PBIB1992E

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace.

PBIB1971E

EC-660

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

EC

D
PBIB0518E

12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


Refer to EC-661, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 14.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
H

14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END
J

Component Inspection
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016F5

3.

If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.

PBIB0098E

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

EC-661

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016F6

EC-662

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY Component Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS016F7

Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ECM. C

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM THRTL RELAY
q

EBS016F8

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON ON

SPECIFICATION

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P1124 1124 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor relay circuit short DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016F9

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.) Throttle control motor relay Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.) Throttle control motor relay

ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.


q q

P1126 1126

Throttle control motor relay circuit open

ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low.
q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016FA

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124


TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.

With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If DTC is detected, go to EC-668, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-663

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-668, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126 With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-668, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-668, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-664

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016FB

EC

TBWA0750E

EC-665

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 3 WIRE COLOR W/B ITEM Throttle control motor relay power supply Throttle control motor relay CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

104

W/B

EC-666

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

TBWA0616E

EC-667

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 3 WIRE COLOR W/B ITEM Throttle control motor relay power supply Throttle control motor relay CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V
EBS016FC

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF] [Ignition switch: ON]

104

W/B

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.

PBIB1972E

3.

Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5 and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0575E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-668

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

EC

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E116, M75 (LHD models with 4WD) q Harness connectors E125, M94 (LHD models with 2WD) q Harness connectors E106, M14 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


Refer to EC-670, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-669

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016FD

3.

If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.

PBIB0098E

EC-670

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Component Description

PFP:16119

A
EBS016FE

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- EC back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P1128 1128 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016FF

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)

ECM detects short both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016FG

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-676, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-676, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-671

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016FH

TBWA0751E

EC-672

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 4 G Throttle control motor (Close)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Released
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB1105E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-673

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0618E

EC-674

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
0 - 14V [Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor (Close)

q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Released
PBIB1104E

E
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] 5 R Throttle control motor (Open)


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB1105E

H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-675

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016FI

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-676

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 ECM terminal 4 5 6 4 5 Continuity Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist
PBIB1992E

EC

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

H
PBIB1971E

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


I

Refer to EC-677, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

EBS016FJ

EC-677

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016FK

EC-678

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE System Description


COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor Wheel sensor*
1

PFP:00000

A
EBS016FL

Input Signal to ECM Vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner ON signal Engine speed*2 Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure

ECM function

Actuator

EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Air conditioner switch Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Battery Refrigerant pressure sensor

C
Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay

*1: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

OPERATION QR20DE Engine Models

PBIB2193E

EC-679

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
QR25DE Engine Models

PBIB2194E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM AIR COND SIG
q

EBS016FM

CONDITION Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) Engine coolant temperature is 94C (201F) or less
q

SPECIFICATION OFF ON OFF

COOLING FAN
q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between 95C (203F) and 99C (210F) or more Engine coolant temperature is 100C (212F) or more

LOW

HIGH
EBS016FN

On Board Diagnosis Logic

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

EC-680

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) Cooling fan Radiator hose Radiator Radiator cap Water pump Thermostat

Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. Engine coolant is not within the specified range.

EC

q q q q q q

P1217 1217

Engine over temperature (Overheat)

For more information, refer to EC-693, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-10, "Changing Engine Oil" . 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" . 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.

Overall Function Check

G
EBS016FO

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W

2.

3.

4. 5.

Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. If the results are NG, go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0037E

EC-681

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" . 2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" . 3. Start engine. Be careful not to overheat engine. 4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. 5. Turn air conditioner switch ON. 6. Turn blower fan switch ON. 7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating. Be careful not to overheat engine. 8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed. If NG, go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If OK, go to the following step. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF. 10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 1.

SEF621W

SEC163BA

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed. Be careful not to overheat engine. 14. If NG, go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MEC475B

EC-682

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016FP

EC

TBWA0752E

EC-683

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

Cooling fan is not operating

89

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is high speed operating

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

97

PU

Cooling fan relay (Low)


q

Cooling fan is not operating

[Ignition switch: ON] Cooling fan is operating

EC-684

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

TBWA0753E

EC-685

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

Cooling fan is not operating

89

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is high speed operating

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

97

PU

Cooling fan relay (Low)


q

Cooling fan is not operating

[Ignition switch: ON] Cooling fan is operating

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016FQ

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION


With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch LOW on the CONSULT-II screen. 3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC690, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION


With CONSULT-II 1. Touch HIGHon the CONSULT-II screen. 2. Make sure that cooling fan-2 operate at higher speed than low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC692, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF785Z

EC-686

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION


1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-II Disconnect cooling fan relay-3. Start engine and let it idle. Turn air conditioner switch ON. Turn blower fan switch ON.

EC

PBIB1972E

5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC690, "PROCEDURE A" .)

H
SEC163BA

5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION


Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-3. 3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 5. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-2 operates at higher speed than low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC692, "PROCEDURE B" .)

MEC475B

EC-687

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK


Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops. Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi) CAUTION: Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage. Pressure should not drop. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

SLC754A

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following for leak. q Hose q Radiator q Water pump (Refer toCO-21, "WATER PUMP" .) >> Repair or replace.

8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP


Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief pressure. Radiator cap relief pressure: 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace radiator cap.

SLC755A

EC-688

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. 2. 3. Remove thermostat. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. It should seat tightly. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift. Valve opening temperature: Valve lift: 4. 82 C (180 F) [standard] More than 8 mm/95 C (0.315 in/203 F)

EC

Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace thermostat.

E
SLC343

10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-582, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
G

11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES


If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-693, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . >> INSPECTION END
I J

EC-689

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
PROCEDURE A

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1972E

4.

Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5, 7 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0577E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q 40A fusible links q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-690

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and ground. Continuity should exist. 4. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and ground. Continuity should exist. 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

D
PBIB0504E

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 97. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E116, M75 (4WD models) q Harness connectors E125, M94 (2WD models) q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1


Refer to EC-694, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relay-1.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2


Refer to EC-694, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

EC-691

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE B

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relay-3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1972E

4.

Check voltage between cooling fan relay-3 terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0251E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and fuse q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and battery
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3 and cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6, cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and ground. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0504E

EC-692

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 89. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

EC

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E116, M75 (4WD models) q Harness connectors E125, M94 (2WD models) q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-3


Refer to EC-694, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relay-3.
H

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-2


Refer to EC-694, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace cooling fan motor-2.
J K

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

M
EBS016FR

Main 12 Causes of Overheating


Engine OFF Step 1
q q q q

Inspection item Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper Coolant mixture Coolant level
q q q

Equipment Visual

Standard No blocking

Reference page

2 3

q q

Coolant tester Visual

50 - 50% coolant mixture Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) No leaks

See MA-14 . See CO-10 .

Radiator cap

Pressure tester

See CO-14 .

ON*2

Coolant leaks

Visual

See CO-10 .

EC-693

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Engine ON*2 ON*1 OFF ON*3 Step 6 7 8 9
q

Inspection item Thermostat Cooling fan Combustion gas leak Coolant temperature gauge Coolant overflow to reservoir tank Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator Cylinder head Cylinder block and pistons
q

Equipment Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses CONSULT-II Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Visual Visual Visual

Standard Both hoses should be hot Operating Negative Gauge less than 3/4 when driving No overflow during driving and idling Should be initial level in reservoir tank 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston

Reference page See CO-23 , and CO-13 . See trouble diagnosis for DTC P1217 (EC-679 ). See CO-10 . See CO-10 .

OFF*4

10

OFF

11 12

Straight gauge feeler gauge Visual

See EM-72 . See EM-92 .

*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

Component Inspection
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -3
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016FS

SEF745U

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1


1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Terminals (+) Cooling fan motor 1 (-) 2

PBIB1999E

EC-694

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Terminals Speed Low Cooling fan motor High (+) 1 1., 2 (-) 4 3, 4
SEF734W

EC

EC-695

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119
EBS016FT

PBIB0145E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1225 1225 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance problem DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
q

EBS016FU

Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)


EBS016FV

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-697, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-697, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-696

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016FW

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

EC

E
PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

H
EBS016FX

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-697

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119
EBS016FY

PBIB0145E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P1226 1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance problem DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
q

EBS016FZ

Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)


EBS016G0

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-699, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-699, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-698

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016G1

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

EC

E
PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

H
EBS016G2

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-699

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

PFP:16119
EBS016G3

Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (Absolute pressure sensor is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (PSP sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor Absolute pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor Power steering pressure sensor

P1229 1229

Sensor power supply circuit short

ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high.
q q q q

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016G4

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-702, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-702, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-700

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016G5

EC

TBWB0086E

EC-701

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 45 WIRE COLOR ITEM Sensor power supply (Absolute pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Power steering pressure sensor) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

46

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

65

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016G6

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-702

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
ECM terminal 90 45 46 65 Sensor terminal APP sensor terminal 6 Absolute pressure sensor terminal 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 PSP sensor terminal 3 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-701 EC-840 EC-846 EC-638

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. q Absolute pressure sensor (Refer to EC-844, "Component Inspection" .) q Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-92, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" or MTC-73, "ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSPECTION" .) q Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-641, "Component Inspection" .) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-739, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-703

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-704

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Component Description


ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to EC-891, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

PFP:25551

A
EBS016G7

EC

D
PBIB0916E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM MAIN SW
q

E
EBS016G8

CONDITION MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed Ignition switch: ON MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Released CANCEL switch: Pressed ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF

SPECIFICATION

CANCEL SW

Ignition switch: ON

CANCEL switch: Released RESUME/ACCEL switch: Pressed

RESUME/ACC SW

Ignition switch: ON

RESUME/ACCEL switch: Released SET/COAST switch: Pressed

SET SW

Ignition switch: ON

SET/COAST switch: Released

I
EBS016GA

On Board Diagnosis Logic

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-642 .
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name
q

DTC Detecting Condition An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON.

Possible Cause

L
q

P1564 1564

Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) ASCD steering switch ECM

ASCD steering switch


q

q q

EC-705

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016GB

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN (CRUISE) switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-711, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON. Wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN (CRUISE) switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-711, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-706

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016GC

EC

TBWA0754E

EC-707

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM Sensor ground (Intake air temperature Sensor/Power steering pressure Sensor/Refrigerant pressure Sensor/ ASCD steering switch) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

57

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

ASCD steering switch: OFF

Approximately 4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed

Approximately 0V

99

W/R

ASCD steering switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

CANCEL switch: Pressed

Approximately 1V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

Approximately 2V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

RESUME/ACCEL switch: Pressed

Approximately 3V

EC-708

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

TBWA0755E

EC-709

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM Sensor ground (Intake air temperature Sensor/Power steering pressure Sensor/Refrigerant pressure Sensor/ ASCD steering switch) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

57

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

ASCD steering switch: OFF

Approximately 4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed

Approximately 0V

99

W/R

ASCD steering switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

CANCEL switch: Pressed

Approximately 1V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

Approximately 2V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

RESUME/ACCEL switch: Pressed

Approximately 3V

EC-710

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016GD

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-711

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select MAIN SW, RESUME/ACC SW, SET SW and CANCEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. 1. 2.
Switch MAIN (CRUISE) switch Monitor item MAIN SW Condition Pressed Released Pressed SET/COAST switch RESUME/ACCEL switch CANCEL switch SET SW Released Pressed RESUME/ACC SW Released Pressed CANCEL SW Released Indication ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
SEC006D

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch MAIN (CRUISE) switch Condition Pressed Released SET/COAST switch Pressed Released RESUME/ACCEL switch Pressed Released CANCEL switch Pressed Released Voltage [V] Approx. 0 Approx. 4 Approx. 2 Approx. 4 Approx. 3 Approx. 4 Approx. 1 Approx. 4
PBIB0311E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD steering switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ASCD steering switch terminal 5 (LHD models) or 2 (RHD models) and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0916E

EC-712

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M206, M202 q Harness connectors M62, F42 q Combination switch (spiral cable) q Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

5. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ASCD steering switch terminal 4 (LHD models) or 1 (RHD models). Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M206, M202 q Combination switch (spiral cable) q Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH


K

Refer to EC-714, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-713

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ASCD STEERING SWITCH LHD MODELS
1. 2. Disconnect ASCD steering switch. Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 4 and 5 with pushing each switch.
Switch MAIN (CRUISE) switch Condition Pressed Released SET/COAST switch Pressed Released RESUME/ACCEL switch Pressed Released CANCEL switch Pressed Released Resistance [] Approx. 4,000 Approx. 0 Approx. 660 Approx. 0 Approx. 1,000 Approx. 0 Approx. 250 Approx. 0

EBS016GE

PBIB2201E

If NG, replace ASCD steering switch.

RHD MODELS
1. 2. Disconnect ASCD steering switch. Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 1 and 2 with pushing each switch.
Switch MAIN (CRUISE) switch Condition Pressed Released Pressed SET/COAST switch Released Pressed RESUME/ACCEL switch Released Pressed CANCEL switch Released Resistance [] Approx. 4,000 Approx. 0 Approx. 660 Approx. 0 Approx. 1,000 Approx. 0 Approx. 250 Approx. 0
PBIB2202E

If NG, replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-714

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description


When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-891, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

PFP:25320

A
EBS016GF

EC

D
SEC009D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION
q

E
EBS016GG

SPECIFICATION ON OFF OFF ON


EBS016GI

BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch)

Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal (M/T) and /or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Ignition switch: ON
q

BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch)

q q

Ignition switch: ON
q

On Board Diagnosis Logic

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-642 .
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition
q

Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or shorted.) Harness or connectors (The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or shorted.) (M/T models) Stop lamp switch ASCD brake switch ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Incorrect stop lamp switch installation Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T models) ECM

P1572 1572

ASCD brake switch


q

When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time. ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.

q q q q q q

EC-715

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016GJ

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION: Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE Selector lever More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Suitable position

If DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to the following step. 4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Suitable position Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned condition.

VHCL SPEED SE Selector lever Driving location

5.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION: Steps 2 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Vehicle speed Selector lever More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Suitable position

3. 4.

5.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to the following step. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Suitable position Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned condition.

Vehicle speed Selector lever Driving location

6. 7. 8.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-716

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016GK

EC

TBWA0756E

EC-717

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Brake pedal: Fully released

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

101

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)

Approximately 0V

108

GY/L

ASCD brake switch


q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

EC-718

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016GL

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select BRAKE SW1 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Check BRAKE SW1 indication under the following conditions. 1. 2.
A/T models CONDITION When brake pedal is slightly depress When brake pedal is fully released M/T models CONDITION When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal are depressed When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released INDICATION OFF ON
SEC011D

EC

INDICATION OFF ON

1. 2.

Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the following conditions.
A/T models CONDITION VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage

When brake pedal is slightly depress When brake pedal is fully released M/T models CONDITION When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal are slightly depressed When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released

VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage


MBIB0061E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-719

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II


With CONSULT-II Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
CONDITION When brake pedal is fully released When brake pedal is slightly depressed INDICATION OFF ON

SEC013D

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION When brake pedal is fully released When brake pedal is slightly depressed VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage

MBIB0060E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 11.

3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

SEC009D

4.

Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG (A/T models)>>GO TO 4. NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 5.

PBIB0857E

EC-720

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

5. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

H
PBIB0799E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH


Refer to EC-723, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

EC-721

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


Refer to EC-723, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.

11. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -II or tester.

PBIB2284E

Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-722

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Refer to EC-723, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
H

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
J K
EBS016GM

Component Inspection
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition When brake pedal is fully released. When brake pedal is slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist.

If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.

EC-723

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition When clutch pedal is fully released. When clutch pedal is slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist.

If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-5, "CLUTCH PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

PBIB2285E

Condition When brake pedal is fully released. When brake pedal is slightly depressed.

Continuity Should not exist. Should exist.

If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

EC-724

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Component Description

PFP:31036

A
EBS0171Z

The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD EC control. Refer to EC-891, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01720

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: q If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-560, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . q If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-635, "DTC P0500 VSS" q If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-642, "DTC P0605 ECM"
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition
q

F
Possible Cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) Combination meter TCM ECM
EBS01721

P1574 1574

ASCD vehicle speed sensor

ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). If DTC is detected, go to EC-726, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH) for at least 5 seconds. Stop vehicle. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-726, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-725

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01722

1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM


Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-199, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-726

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH Description

PFP:25320

A
EBS016GS

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM BRAKE SW
q

EBS016GT

C
CONDITION SPECIFICATION OFF ON
EBS016GU

Ignition switch: ON

Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P1805 1805 Trouble diagnosis name Brake switch DTC detecting condition A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
q

E
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) Stop lamp switch

FALI-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition When engine is idling When accelerating Driving condition Normal Poor acceleration
EBS016GV

DTC Confirmation Procedure


WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If DTC is detected, go to EC-730, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB1952E

EC-727

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Fully depress the brake pedal at least 5 seconds. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-490, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-730, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-728

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016GW

EC

TBWA0623E

EC-729

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Brake pedal: Fully released

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)


EBS016GX

101

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Stop lamp Not illuminated Illuminated

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0498E

2.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

PBIB2284E

Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-730

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 101. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

G
PBIB0498E

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Refer to EC-731, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
I

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
K

L
EBS016GY

Component Inspection
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0498E

EC-731

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

PBIB2285E

Conditions Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Continuity Should not exist. Should exist.

If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.

EC-732

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR Component Description

PFP:18002

A
EBS016GZ

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC tor position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal C position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM E receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL SEN1
q

EBS016H0

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V ON OFF

ACCEL SEN2*

CLSD THL POS

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS016H1

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-700 .
DTC No. P2122 2122 P2123 2123 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016H2

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION:

EC-733

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-737, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-737, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-734

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016H3

EC

TBWA0624E

EC-735

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

82

R/Y

Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

EC-736

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016H4

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-737

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 82. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 106. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-739, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-738

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

E
EBS016H5

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 106 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 98 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 3.9 - 4.7V 0.15 - 0.6V 1.95 - 2.4V

MBIB0023E

4. 5. 6. 7.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next step. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EBS016H6

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-739

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Component Description

PFP:18002
EBS016H7

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL SEN1
q

EBS016H8

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V ON OFF

ACCEL SEN2*

CLSD THL POS

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. P2127 2127 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
q

EBS016H9

Possible cause Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)

P2128 2128

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016HA

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-740

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

D
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-741

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016HB

TBWB0087E

EC-742

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q q

Approximately 5V

82

R/Y

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

EC-743

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016HC

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-744

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0915E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 91. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.
K I

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 91 47 Sensor terminal APP sensor terminal 4 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-742 EC-750

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-755, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-745

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 83. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 98. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-746

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 106 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 98 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 3.9 - 4.7V 0.15 - 0.6V 1.95 - 2.4V

EBS016HD

EC

E
MBIB0023E

4. 5. 6. 7.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next step. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EBS016HE

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-747

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR Component Description


Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.

PFP:16119
EBS016HF

PBIB0145E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS016HG

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V

THRTL SEN1 THRTL SEN2*


q

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016HH

Possible cause Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor

P2135 2135

Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem

Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016HI

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-748

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-752, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

D
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-752, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-749

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016HJ

TBWB0088E

EC-750

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q q q

DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5V

EC

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

More than 0.36V

49

Throttle position sensor 1


q q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

[Engine is running] 66 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor)


q q

F
Approximately 0V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

G
Less than 4.75V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released

68

Throttle position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q q

Engine stopped Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

I
More than 0.36V

91

BR/Y

Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

J
Approximately 5V

[Ignition switch: ON]

EC-751

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016HK

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-752

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1992E

PBIB1971E

3.

Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V
I

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3.

K
PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.

EC-753

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 47 91 Sensor terminal Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 APP sensor terminal 4 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-750 EC-742

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11 NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49, electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 68. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-754

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-755, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

EC

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
F

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T). Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal), 68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 49 (Throttle position sensor 1) 68 (Throttle position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage More than 0.36V Less than 4.75V Less than 4.75V More than 0.36V

G
EBS016HL

L
MBIB0022E

6. 7. 8.

If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

Removal and Installation


ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016HM

EC-755

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR Component Description

PFP:18002
EBS016HN

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL SEN1
q

EBS016HO

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.5 - 1.0V 4.0 - 4.7V 0.3 - 1.2V 3.9 - 4.8V ON OFF

ACCEL SEN2*

CLSD THL POS

*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS016HP

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-700 .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)

P2138 2138

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/performance problem

Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-756

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016HQ

A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to EC-760, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

F
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-760, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-757

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016HR

TBWB0089E

EC-758

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 47 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q q

Approximately 5V

82

R/Y

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q q

83

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V

91

BR/Y

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Approximately 5V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.15 - 0.6V

98

B/W

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

1.95 - 2.4V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

106

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 - 4.7V

EC-759

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016HS

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-760

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 4.
I

PBIB0915E

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 91. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.
M

EC-761

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal 91 47 Sensor terminal APP sensor terminal 4 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 Reference Wiring Diagram EC-758 EC-750

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-755, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 7.

7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 82, APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 83. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 106, APP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 98. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-762

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

10. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-763, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11.

EC

11. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY


1. 2. 3. 4. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . >> INSPECTION END

12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

G
EBS016HT

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 106 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 98 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 3.9 - 4.7V 0.15 - 0.6V 1.95 - 2.4V

MBIB0023E

4. 5. 6. 7.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next step. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . Perform EC-480, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EBS016HU

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-763

HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

HO2S1 HEATER Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature ECM function Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Actuator

PFP:22690
EBS016HV

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started.

OPERATION
Engine speed Above 3,600 Below 3,600 after warning up rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater OFF ON
EBS016HW

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm ON OFF

SPECIFICATION

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

q q

EC-764

HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016HX

EC

TBWA0646E

EC-765

HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

Approximately 7.0V [Engine is running]


q

Warm-up condition. Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm

24

G/W

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016HY

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Set tester prove between ECM terminal 24 (HO2S1 heater signal) and ground. Start engine and let it idle. Check the voltage under the following conditions. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as shown below.
Conditions Voltage Approximately 7.0V

At idle

MBIB0038E PBIB0519E

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

EC-766

HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-767

HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.

PBIB2238E

PBIB2239E

2. 3.

Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0541E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors E60, F36 q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-768

HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 24. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER


Refer to EC-769, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. 1 and 4 2 and 1, 3, 4 3 and 1, 2, 4 Resistance 3.3 - 4.0 at 25C (77F) (Continuity should not exist)

EBS016HZ

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS016I0

EC-769

HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

HO2S2 HEATER Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine coolant temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Engine coolant temperature Amount of intake air Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control ECM Function Actuator

PFP:226A0
EBS016I1

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.

OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Above 3,800 Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met.
q q

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater OFF

Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

ON

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS016I2

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

EC-770

HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016I3

EC

TBWA0647E

EC-771

HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met Warm-up condition Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0V

PU/R

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm

[Engine is running]
q

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016I4

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter proves between ECM terminal 2 (HO2S2 heater signal) and ground. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Conditions At idle Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm Voltage 0 - 1V Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.


PBIB0673E

EC-772

HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-773

HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0500E

3.

Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0541E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E60, F36 q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER


Refer to EC-775, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-774

HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016I5

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. 1 and 4 2 and 1, 3, 4 3 and 1, 2, 4 Resistance 5.0 - 7.0 at 25C (77F) (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

I
PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

J
EBS016I6

EC-775

IAT SENSOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

IAT SENSOR Component Description


The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PFP:22630
EBS016I7

PBIB1604E

<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F) 25 (77) 80 (176) Voltage* 3.32 1.23 V Resistance k

1.94 - 2.06 0.295 - 0.349

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

SEF012P

EC-776

IAT SENSOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016I8

EC

TBWA0645E

EC-777

IAT SENSOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016I9

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 34 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage : Approximately 0 - 4.8V

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0041E

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-778

IAT SENSOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB0495E

3.

Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and ground. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB1169E

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K I

5. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-780, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
M

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-779

IAT SENSOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F) 25 (77) Resistance k 1.94 - 2.06

EBS016IA

2.

If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

PBIB1604E

SEF012P

Removal and Installation


MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EBS016IB

EC-780

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

HO2S1 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

PFP:22690

A
EBS016IC

EC

D
SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S1 (B1)
q

EBS016ID

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

EC-781

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016IE

TBWA0646E

EC-782

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1
q q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

74

Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)

[Engine is running]
q

D
Approximately 0V

Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016IF

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make sure that the monitors fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than five times in 10 seconds. 1 time: RICH LEAN RICH 2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH

I
SEF820Y

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-489, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . 4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make sure that the MIL comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

SAT652J

EC-783

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-784

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.

EC

D
PBIB2238E

PBIB2239E

2. 3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


L

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.
M

2.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


Refer to EC-786, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-785

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS016IG

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6.

Check the following. q HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes from RICH to LEAN to RICH more than 5 times in 10 seconds. 5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. q HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.

EC-786

HO2S1
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. A q The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more than 5 times within 10 seconds. q The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. EC q The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. q The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. C 1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V MBIB0018E D CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS016IH

EC-787

HO2S2
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

HO2S2 Component Description


The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation.

PFP:226A0
EBS016II

SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM HO2S2 (B1)
q q

EBS016IJ

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly

SPECIFICATION 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V LEAN RICH

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)

EC-788

HO2S2
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016IK

EC

TBWA0647E

EC-789

HO2S2
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - Approximately 1.0V

16

OR/B

Heated oxygen sensor 2

[Engine is running] 74 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor)


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016IL

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage while revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possible.) The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0020E

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II


Keep engine at idle for 10 minutes, then check the voltage between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground, or check voltage when coasting 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear (M/T) or D position (A/T) with OD OFF. The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-790

HO2S2
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

4. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

EC-791

HO2S2
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2


Refer to EC-792, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EBS016IM

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

EC-792

HO2S2
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
6. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
A

EC

PBIB0817E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF (A/T). 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: q Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. q Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
G

Removal and Installation


HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EBS016IN

EC-793

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

IGNITION SIGNAL Component Description


IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

PFP:22448
EBS016IO

PBIB1969E

EC-794

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016IP

EC

TBWA0628E

EC-795

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

111

G/W

ECM relay (Self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

0 - 1.0V

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

119 120 121

SB GY W/L

Power supply for ECM Power supply for ECM (Back-up)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]

EC-796

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWA0629E

EC-797

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 0.1V

Warm-up condition Idle speed

60 61 79 80

L/R B/R GY/R PU

Ignition signal No. 3 Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 2

NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle


PBIB0521E

0 - 0.2V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0522E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016IQ

1. CHECK ENGINE START


Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2. Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB0133E

EC-798

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


Without CONSULT-II Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ground with an oscilloscope. 3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below. NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 1. 2.

EC

E
MBIB0033E PBIB0521E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12.

4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Go to EC-552, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .

K
MBIB0034E

EC-799

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1969E

4.

Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM relay. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and condenser terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB1973E

7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV


Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0625E

EC-800

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q 20A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC

9. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-803, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace ECM relay.

10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

11. CHECK CONDENSER


Refer to EC-803, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace condenser.
J K

EC-801

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1969E

5.

Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13.

SEF107S

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or conectors.

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ignition coil terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-802

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR


Refer to EC-803, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

EC

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

D
EBS016IR

Component Inspection
ECM RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.

F
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Continuity Yes

G
No

3.

If NG, replace ECM relay.


H
PBIB0077E

CONDENSER
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. Resistance: Above 1 M at 25C (77F)

MBIB0031E

EC-803

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. 2 and 3 1 and 2 1 and 3 Except 0 Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Except 0 or

MBIB0032E

Removal and Installation


IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-33, "IGNITION COIL" .

EBS016IS

EC-804

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Battery Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Heated oxygen sensors 1 Wheel sensor*2 Input Signal to ECM Engine speed*1 Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage*1 Throttle position Closed throttle position Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Vehicle speed EVAP canister purge flow control ECM function Actuator

PFP:14920

A
EBS016IT

EC

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
I

L
SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016IU

M
CONDITION SPECIFICATION 0%

Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load

Idle

PURG VOL C/V


q q

2,000 rpm

20 - 30%

EC-805

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016IV

TBWA0648E

EC-806

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

C
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

D
[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

E
19 P EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E

Approximately 10V [Engine is running]


q

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-807

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016IW

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister. Turn ignition switch ON, and select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 4. Start engine and let it idle. 1. 2. 3.

PBIB0569E

5.

Change the valve opening percentage with touching Qu or Qd on CONSULT-II screen, and check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.
Conditions (PURG VOL CONT/V) Vacuum Should not exist. Should exist.

0% 100%

PBIB0676E

1. 2. 3. 4.

Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.
Conditions Vacuum Should not exist. Should exist.
PBIB0676E

At idle Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER


Refer to EC-811, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace EVAP canister.

EC-808

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE


Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-885, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

EC

4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

G
PBIB1993E

PBIB1968E

4.

Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage
L

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB0148E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F41, M61 q Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay q Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-809

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 19. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION


With CONSULT-II Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. 1. 2. 3.

PBIB0569E

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-811, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-810

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V) 100% 0% Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No

EBS016IX

EC

PBIB0149E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No

H
PBIB0150E

Removal and Installation


EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016IY

EC-811

PNP SWITCH
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

PNP SWITCH Component Description


When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.

PFP:32006
EBS016IZ

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW
q

EBS016J0

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Shift lever: Except above ON OFF

SPECIFICATION

EC-812

PNP SWITCH
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016J1

EC

TBWA0650E

EC-813

PNP SWITCH
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Shift lever position: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Approximately 0V A/T models BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) M/T models Approximately 5V
EBS016J2

102

G/OR

PNP switch [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Except above position

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions. 1. 2.
Selector lever position P or N position (A/T) Neutral position (M/T) Except above position P/N POSI SW signal ON OFF

PBIB0102E

1. 2.

Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 and ground under the following conditions.
Selector lever position Voltage Approximately 0V A/T: Battery voltage M/T: Approximately 5V

P or N position (A/T) Neutral position (M/T) Except above position

MBIB0043E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

EC-814

PNP SWITCH
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 1 and ECM terminal 102, combination meter terminal 55. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M61, F41 q Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM q Harness for open or short between PNP switch and combination meter >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

5. CHECK PNP SWITCH


Refer to AT-359, "PNP switch" (A/T models) or MT-14, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (M/T models). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace PNP switch.
L

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-815

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

INJECTOR CIRCUIT Component Description


The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

PFP:16600
EBS016J3

SEF375Z

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016J4

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 2.5 - 3.5 msec

B/FUEL SCHDL
q q q q

2.5 - 3.5 msec 2.0 - 3.0 msec

INJ PULSE-B1
q q

1.9 - 2.9 msec

EC-816

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016J5

EC

TBWA0630E

EC-817

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running]
q q

(11 - 14V)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

22 23 41 42

G/B R/B L/B Y/B

Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 2

NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle


PBIB0529E

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016J6

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. Is any cylinder ignited? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3.

EC-818

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II Start engine. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2.

EC

E
PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each injector operating sound. Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.

I
PBIB1986E

3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1970E

4.

Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0582E

EC-819

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M61, F41 q Harness connectors F1, F101 q Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFONCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F101, F1 q Harness for open or short between injector and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-820, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace injector.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.

EBS016J7

EC-820

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]
A

EC

C
PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation


INJECTOR
Refer to EM-36, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

D
EBS016J8

EC-821

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

VIAS Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Mass air flow sensor Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Battery Engine coolant temperature sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed* Amount of intake air Throttle position Accelerator pedal position Battery voltage* Engine coolant temperature VIAS control ECM function

PFP:14956
EBS016J9

Actuator

VIAS control solenoid valve

*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

PBIB0843E

When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suction efficiency and higher torque generation. The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector. Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction resistance under high speeds.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Power Valve


The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid valve.

PBIB0946E

EC-822

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the power valve actuator.
A

EC

PBIB0947E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


MONITOR ITEM VIAS S/V
q

EBS016JA

CONDITION Idle Engine: After warming up More than 5,000 rpm OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

EC-823

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016JB

TBWA0651E

EC-824

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 6 Y VIAS control solenoid valve
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 1.0V

Idle speed

[Engine is running]
q

Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm

EC-825

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016JC

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.

PBIB0844E

3.

Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

PBIB0949E

1. 2.

Without CONSULT-II Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

PBIB0949E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2. NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.

EC-826

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE


With CONSULT-II Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator. Start engine and let it idle. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. 4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check vacuum existence under the following conditions. 1. 2. 3.
VIAS SOL VALVE ON OFF Vacuum Should exist. Should not exist.

EC

E
PBIB0844E

OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. NG >> GO TO 4.

3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-II Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector. Start engine and let it idle. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply No supply Vacuum Should exist. Should not exist.

OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. NG >> GO TO 4.

L
PBIB0845E

4. CHECK VACUUM HOSE


1. 2. Stop engine. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-466, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.

SEF109L

EC-827

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

5. CHECK VACUUM TANK


Refer to EC-829, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace vacuum tank.

6. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0947E

3.

Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB0173E

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and ECM relay. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-828

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-829, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.

EC

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

D
EBS016JD

Component Inspection
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition VIAS SOL VALVE ON OFF Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No Air passage continuity between A and C No Yes

Operation takes less than 1 second.


PBIB0177E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No Air passage continuity between A and C

L
No Yes

M
MEC488B

Operation takes less than 1 second.

VACUUM TANK
1. 2. 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B .

PBIB0846E

EC-829

VIAS
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Removal and Installation


VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016JE

EC-830

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Battery Input Signal to ECM Engine speed* Fuel pump control Battery voltage* Fuel pump relay ECM Function Actuator

PFP:17042

A
EBS016JF

EC

*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Ignition switch is turned to ON Engine running and cranking When engine is stopped Except as shown above Fuel pump operation Operates for 1 second. Operates. Stops in 1.5 seconds. Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.

K
PBIB0513E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS016JG

L
CONDITION SPECIFICATION ON OFF

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Engine running or cranking Except above conditions

FUEL PUMP RLY

q q

EC-831

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016JH

TBWA0758E

EC-832

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

EC

DATA (DC Voltage)

C
0 - 1.0V

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

113*

(114)*2

B/OR

Fuel pump relay

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

D
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

*1: Without NATS. *2: With NATS.

EC-833

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0759E

EC-834

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

C
0 - 1.0V

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

114

B/OR

Fuel pump relay

[Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

D
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON

Diagnostic Procedure

E
EBS016JI

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers. Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
F

I
PBIB1983E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel pump relay. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1974E

4.

Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0191E

EC-835

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M17, B1 q Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and condenser terminal 1, condenser terminal 2 and ground. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser q Harness for open or short between condenser and ground
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace condenser.

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5, fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0506E

EC-836

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump q Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

EC

9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 2 and ECM terminal 113 (Without NATS) or 114 (With NATS). Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors B1, M17 (LHD models) q Harness connectors B2, M18 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY


K

Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.

12. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace fuel pump.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-837

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016JJ

PBIB0098E

FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 3 and 5. Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25C (77F)]

PBIB0658E

CONDENSER
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF Disconnect condenser harness connector. Check resistance between condenser terminal 1 and 2. Resistance: Above 1M [at 25C (77F)]

MBIB0031E

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

EBS016JK

EC-838

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description


The absolute pressure sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.

PFP:22365

A
EBS016JL

EC

D
SEF052V

H
PBIB1207E

EC-839

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016JM

TBWA0757E

EC-840

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 45 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Absolute pressure sensor) Absolute pressure sensor CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5V 0.52 - 4.6V Output voltage varies with ambient barometric pressure.

51

SB

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]

56

Sensor ground (Absolute pressure sensor)

q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

E
EBS016JN

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: 0.52 - 4.6V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

SEF099V

EC-841

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER


1. 2. Disconnect absolute pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.

PBIB0948E

EC-842

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between absolute pressure sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

EC

D
PBIB0079E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connector M62, F42 q Harness for open or short between ECM and absolute pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between absolute pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 56. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connector M62, F42 q Harness for open or short between ECM and absolute pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 51 and absolute pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9.

EC-843

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connector M62, F42 q Harness for open or short between ECM and absolute pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-844, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace absolute pressure sensor.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Remove absolute pressure sensor with its harness connector connected. Install a vacuum pump to absolute pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 51 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Not applied -26.7 (-200, -7.87) Voltage 3.2 - 4.8 1.0 to 1.4 V lower than above value

EBS016JO

4.

CAUTION: Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. q Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg) or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure. If NG, replace absolute pressure sensor.
q

PBIB2203E

EC-844

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description

PFP:92136

A
EBS016JP

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent EC to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C

E
PBIB2286E

I
SEF099X

EC-845

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016JQ

TBWA0634E

EC-846

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 46 WIRE COLOR R ITEM Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor/ Power steering pressure sensor/ Refrigerant pressure sensor/ ASCD steering switch) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

EC

[Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running]


q q

Approximately 5V

57

Warm-up condition Idle speed

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
q

E
1.0 - 4.0V

69

Refrigerant pressure sensor


q

Warm-up condition Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

(Compressor operates)

F
EBS016JR

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

K
MBIB0035E

EC-847

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-559, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2021E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-848

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF. Stop engine. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.

EC

E
PBIB2286E

4. 5.

Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

I
SEF479Y

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 57. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.
M

EC-849

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E61, F38 q Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NG >> Repair or replace.

Removal and Installation


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to ATC-138, "REFRIGERANT LINES" or MTC-104, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

EBS016JS

EC-850

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is 2nd Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF Heater fan is operating HEATER FAN SW
q

PFP:25350

A
EBS016JT

SPECIFICATION ON

EC

LOAD SIGNAL

Ignition switch: ON

C
OFF ON OFF

Ignition switch: ON

Heater fan is not operating

EC-851

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016JU

TBWA0760E

EC-852

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] 84 L/Y Electrical load signal (Headlamp signal)
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V

Lighting switch: 2nd position

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Lighting switch: OFF

EC-853

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

TBWA0761E

EC-854

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Heater fan switch: ON

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

96

LG/B

Heater fan switch

[Engine is running]
q

Heater fan switch: OFF

EC-855

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

TBWA0762E

EC-856

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] 93 BR Electrical load signal (Rear window defogger signal)
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V

Rear window defogger switch: ON

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Rear window defogger switch: OFF

D
EBS016JV

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCITION-I


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition Lighting switch ON at 2nd position Lighting switch OFF LOAD SIGNAL ON OFF

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E

3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I


Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Lighting switch ON at 2nd position Lighting switch OFF Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE 0V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 8.
MBIB0158E

EC-857

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II


With CONSULT-II Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII under the following conditions.
Condition Rear window defogger switch ON Rear window defogger switch OFF LOAD SIGNAL ON OFF

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 13.


PBIB0103E

5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II


Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Rear window defogger switch ON Rear window defogger switch OFF Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE 0V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 13.


PBIB1773E

6. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII under the following conditions.
Condition Heater fan control switch ON Heater fan control switch OFF HEATER FAN SW ON OFF

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 16.


PBIB1995E

7. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION


Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 96 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Heater fan control switch ON heater fan control switch OFF Voltage 0V Approximately 5V

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 16.


PBIB1219E

EC-858

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

8. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION

9.
1. 2. 3. 4.

A 1. Start engine. 2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position. EC 3. Check that headlamps are illuminated. OK or NG OK (Without xenon headlamp)>>GO TO 9. C OK (With xenon headlamp)>>GO TO 11. NG >> Refer to LT-5, "HEADLAMP -CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" or LT-21, "HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE ". D CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors. Check harness continuity between lighting switch terminal 9, 10 and ECM terminal 84 under the following conditions. LHD models and for South Africa

PBIB1994E

RHD models except for South Africa

M
PBIB2204E

Condition 1 2

Continuity Should exist Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-859

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E106, M14 (LHD models) q Harness connectors E105, M13 (RHD models) q Diode E123 q Diode E124 q Harness for open and short between lighting switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect HID relay LH. Check harness continuity between HID relay LH terminal 3 and ECM terminal 84. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> GO TO 12.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E106, M14 (LHD models) q Harness connectors E105, M13 (RHD models) q Harness for open and short between HID relay LH and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION


1. Start engine. 2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch. 3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> Refer to GW-18, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

EC-860

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

14. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect rear window defogger relay. Check harness continuity between rear window defogger relay 5 and ECM terminal 93. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> GO TO 15.

EC

15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors B1, M17 q Harness for open and short between rear window defogger relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

16. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL FUNCTION


1. Start engine. 2. Turn ON the fan control switch. 3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate? Yes or No Yes (Models with auto A/C)>>GO TO 17. Yes (Models with manual A/C)>>GO TO 18. No >> Refer to ATC-33, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Models with auto A/C) or MTC-29, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Models with manual A/C).

17. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector. Check harness continuity between A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19 and ECM terminal 96. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-861

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

18. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect control panel harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 96 and heater control panel terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-862

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description


When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal) Refer to EC-891, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

PFP:25320

A
EBS016JW

EC

D
SEC009D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION
q

E
EBS016JX

SPECIFICATION ON OFF OFF ON

BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch)

Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal (M/T) and /or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Ignition switch: ON
q

BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch)

q q

Ignition switch: ON
q

EC-863

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016JZ

TBWA0763E

EC-864

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

EC
DATA (DC Voltage)

Brake pedal: Fully released

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

101

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T)

Approximately 0V

E
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

108

GY/L

ASCD brake switch


q q

[Ignition switch: ON] Brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T)
EBS016K0

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I


With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select BRAKE SW1 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Check BRAKE SW1 indication under the following conditions.
A/T models CONDITION When brake pedal is slightly depress When brake pedal is fully released M/T models CONDITION When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal are depressed When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released INDICATION OFF ON
SEC011D

INDICATION OFF ON

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the following conditions.
A/T models CONDITION When brake pedal is slightly depress When brake pedal is fully released M/T models CONDITION When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal are slightly depressed When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage
MBIB0061E

VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-865

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II


With CONSULT-II Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
CONDITION When brake pedal is fully released When brake pedal is slightly depressed INDICATION OFF ON

SEC013D

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION When brake pedal is fully released When brake pedal is slightly depressed VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage

MBIB0060E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11.

3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

SEC009D

4.

Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG (A/T models)>>GO TO 4. NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 5.

PBIB0857E

EC-866

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

5. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

H
PBIB0799E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH


Refer to EC-869, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

EC-867

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


Refer to EC-869, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.

11. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0498E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -II or tester.

PBIB2284E

Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-868

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Refer to EC-869, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
H

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
J K
EBS0171U

Component Inspection
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition When brake pedal is fully released. When brake pedal is slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist.

If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.

EC-869

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition When clutch pedal is fully released. When clutch pedal is slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist.

If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-5, "CLUTCH PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

PBIB2285E

Condition When brake pedal is fully released. When brake pedal is slightly depressed.

Continuity Should not exist. Should exist.

If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

EC-870

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

ASCD INDICATOR Component Description

PFP:24814

A
EBS016K1

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. EC CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN (CRUISE) switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. C q CRUISE indicator is illuminated. q SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting. D SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-891, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference value.
MONITOR ITEM CRUISE LAMP
q q

EBS016K2

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON MAIN (CRUISE) switch: ON When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time SET/COAST switch: Pressed ASCD control is canceled

SPECIFICATION ON OFF ON OFF

SET LAMP

EC-871

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS WITH 4WD

EBS016K4

TBWA0764E

EC-872

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
LHD MODELS WITH 2WD
A

EC

TBWA0765E

EC-873

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0766E

EC-874

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016K5

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
MONITOR ITEM CRUISE LAMP
q q

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON MAIN (CRUISE) switch: ON When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) MAIN (CRUISE) switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the 2nd time SET/COAST switch: Pressed ASCD control is canceled

SPECIFICATION ON OFF ON OFF

EC

SET LAMP

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001is not displayed. Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001, refer to EC-560, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . No >> GO TO 3.
F G

3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION


Does combination meter operate normally? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS"

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-551, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-875

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR Wiring Diagram


LHD MODELS WITH 4WD

PFP:24814
EBS016K6

TBWA0767E

EC-876

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWA0768E

EC-877

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
LHD MODELS WITH 2WD

TBWA0769E

EC-878

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWA0770E

EC-879

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS WITH 4WD

TBWA0771E

EC-880

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWA0772E

EC-881

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RHD MODELS WITH 2WD

TBWA0773E

EC-882

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
A

EC

TBWA0774E

EC-883

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PFP:14950
EBS016K8

PBIB0491E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.

EC-884

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING QR20DE Engine Models
A

EC

PBIB0490E

EC-885

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
QR25DE Engine Models

PBIB1998E

EC-886

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Component Inspection
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A . Check that air flows freely through port C . 2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B . Check that air flows freely through port C .

EBS016K9

EC

D
PBIB0663E

FUEL CHECK VALVE


1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side. A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be directed toward the EVAP canister side. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.

2. 3.

H
SEF552Y

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
I

SEF989X

2.

Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi) 6.0 to 3.4 kPa (0.060 to 0.034 bar, 0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.49 psi)
M

3.

If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EC-887

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
WATER SEPARATOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with A , and then C plugged. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. NOTE: q Do not disassemble water separator.

PBIB1032E

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-811, "Component Inspection" .

EC-888

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PFP:11810

A
EBS016KA

EC

G
PBIB0492E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.

PBIB1588E

Component Inspection
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet.

EBS016KB

PBIB1589E

EC-889

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. 2. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

S-ET277

EC-890

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Description


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor ASCD brake switch Stop lamp switch ASCD clutch switch (MT models) ASCD steering switch Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch (AT models) Combination meter TCM* Input signal to ECM Brake pedal operation Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation ASCD steering switch operation Gear position Vehicle speed* Power train revolution ASCD vehicle speed control ECM function Actuator

PFP:18930

A
EBS016KC

EC

C
Electric throttle control actuator

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM


Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.

SET OPERATION
Press MAIN (CRUISE) switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
I

ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. q CANCEL switch is pressed q More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set peed will be cleared) q Brake pedal is depressed q Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models) q A/T selector lever is shifted to N, R, P position (A/T models) q Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. q Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCEL switch. q Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN (CRUISE) switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased.

COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

EC-891

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN (CRUISE) switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. q Brake pedal is released. q Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) q A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models) q Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)

Component Description
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-705 .

EBS016KD

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


Refer to EC-715 and EC-863 .

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH


Refer to EC-715 .

STOP LAMP SWITCH


Refer to EC-715 , EC-727 and EC-863 .

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


Refer to EC-649 , EC-652 , EC-663 and EC-671 .

ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-871 .

EC-892

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Fuel Pressure


Fuel pressure at idle

PFP:00030

A
EBS016KE

Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing


QR20DE Target idle speed QR25DE QR20DE Air conditioner: ON QR25DE QR20DE Ignition timing QR25DE *: Under the following conditions:
q q q

EC
EBS016KF

M/T M/T A/T M/T M/T A/T M/T M/T A/T In Neutral position In P or N position In Neutral position In P or N position No-load* (in Neutral position) No-load* (in P or N position)

65050 rpm

C
70050 rpm 725 rpm or more 750 rpm or more 700 rpm or more

E
155 BTDC

Air conditioner switch: OFF Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
EBS016KG

Mass Air Flow Sensor


Supply voltage Output voltage at idle *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load. Battery voltage (11 - 14V) 1.1 - 1.5*V

I
EBS016KH

Intake Air Temperature Sensor


Temperature C (F) 25 (77) 80 (176) Resistance k 1.94 - 2.06 0.295 - 0.349

K
EBS016KI

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Temperature C (F) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance k 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260

M
EBS016KJ

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 3.3 - 4.0

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 5.0 - 7.0

EBS016KK

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)


Refer to EC-625, "Component Inspection" .

EBS016KL

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)


Refer to EC-634, "Component Inspection" .

EBS016KM

Throttle Control Motor


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1 - 15

EBS016KN

EC-893

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[QR (EXCEPT HONG KONG)]

Injector
Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 13.5 - 17.5

EBS016KO

Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0

EBS016KP

EC-894

INDEX FOR DTC


[YD]

INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index


[YD]

PFP:00024

A
EBS016OD

NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC EC-964, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable : Not applicable Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT APP SENSOR BARO SEN/CIRC BARO SEN/CIRC BATTERY VOLTAGE CAN COMM CIRCUIT CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CKP SENSOR CMP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SENSOR CMP/CKP RELATION CYL1 INJECTOR CYL2 INJECTOR CYL3 INJECTOR CYL4 INJECTOR ECM ECM ECM RELAY ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ENG OVER TEMP FRP RELIEF VALVE FRP SEN/CIRC FRP SEN/CIRC FUEL LEAK FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP/CIRC FUEL PUMP/CIRC FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC HIGH FUEL PRESS IAT SEN/CIRCUIT DTC CONSULT-II P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 P2228 P2229 P0563 U1000 P0335 P0336 P0340 P0341 P0016 P0201 P0202 P0203 P0204 P0605 P0606 P0686 P0117 P0118 P0217 P1272 P0192 P0193 P0093 P0089 P1273 P1274 P1275 P0628 P0629 P0182 P0183 P0088 P0112 ECM* 0122 0123 0222 0223 2135 2228 2229 0563 1000 0335 0336 0340 0341 0016 0201 0202 0203 0204 0605 0606 0686 0117 0118 0217 1272 0192 0193 0093 0089 1273 1274 1275 0628 0629 0182 0183 0088 0112 MIL lighting up Reference page EC-996 EC-996 EC-1035 EC-1035 EC-1141 EC-1159 EC-1159 EC-1079 EC-964 EC-1054 EC-1060 EC-1066 EC-1072 EC-967 EC-1015 EC-1015 EC-1015 EC-1015 EC-1081 EC-1083 EC-1102 EC-990 EC-990 EC-1021 EC-1119 EC-1007 EC-1007 EC-974 EC-972 EC-1126 EC-1131 EC-1136 EC-1085 EC-1085 EC-1002 EC-1002 EC-969 EC-984

EC-895

INDEX FOR DTC


[YD]
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) IAT SEN/CIRCUIT INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 INJ PWR/CIRC INJ PWR/CIRC INJECTOR INJECTOR/CIRC INJECTOR/CIRC INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3 INJECTOR 4 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT NATS MALFUNCTION NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC TC BOOST SEN/CIRC TC SYSTEM *: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). DTC CONSULT-II P0113 P1260 P1261 P1262 P1263 P1264 P1265 P1266 P1267 P2146 P2149 P0200 P2147 P2148 P1268 P1269 P1270 P1271 P0102 P0103 P1610 - P1617 P0000 P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 P0237 P0238 P0234 ECM* 0113 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 2146 2149 0200 2147 2148 1268 1269 1270 1271 0102 0103 1610 - 1617 0000 0642 0643 0652 0653 0237 0238 0234 MIL lighting up Reference page EC-984 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1147 EC-1147 EC-1013 EC-1152 EC-1152 EC-1113 EC-1113 EC-1113 EC-1113 EC-978 EC-978 EC-914 EC-1090 EC-1090 EC-1096 EC-1096 EC-1048 EC-1048 EC-1041

EC-896

INDEX FOR DTC


[YD]

DTC No. Index

EBS016OE

NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC-964, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable : Not applicable DTC CONSULT-II U1000 P0000 P0016 P0088 P0089 P0093 P0102 P0103 P0112 P0113 P0117 P0118 P0122 P0123 P0182 P0183 P0192 P0193 P0200 P0201 P0202 P0203 P0204 P0217 P0222 P0223 P0234 P0237 P0238 P0335 P0336 P0340 P0341 P0563 P0605 P0606 P0628 P0629 ECM* 1000 0000 0016 0088 0089 0093 0102 0103 0112 0113 0117 0118 0122 0123 0182 0183 0192 0193 0200 0201 0202 0203 0204 0217 0222 0223 0234 0237 0238 0335 0336 0340 0341 0563 0605 0606 0628 0629 Items (CONSULT-II screen item) CAN COMM CIRCUIT NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. CMP/CKP RELATION HIGH FUEL PRESS FUEL PUMP FUEL LEAK MAF SEN/CIRCUIT MAF SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT IAT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT ECT SEN/CIRCUIT APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC FRP SEN/CIRC FRP SEN/CIRC INJECTOR CYL1 INJECTOR CYL2 INJECTOR CYL3 INJECTOR CYL4 INJECTOR ENG OVER TEMP APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT TC SYSTEM TC BOOST SEN/CIRC TC BOOST SEN/CIRC CKP SEN/CIRCUIT CKP SENSOR CMP SEN/CIRCUIT CMP SENSOR BATTERY VOLTAGE ECM ECM FUEL PUMP/CIRC FUEL PUMP/CIRC MIL lighting up Reference page EC-964 EC-967 EC-969 EC-972 EC-974 EC-978 EC-978 EC-984 EC-984 EC-990 EC-990 EC-996 EC-996 EC-1002 EC-1002 EC-1007 EC-1007 EC-1013 EC-1015 EC-1015 EC-1015 EC-1015 EC-1021 EC-1035 EC-1035 EC-1041 EC-1048 EC-1048 EC-1054 EC-1060 EC-1066 EC-1072 EC-1079 EC-1081 EC-1083 EC-1085 EC-1085

EC

EC-897

INDEX FOR DTC


[YD]
DTC CONSULT-II P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 P0686 P1260 P1261 P1262 P1263 P1264 P1265 P1266 P1267 P1268 P1269 P1270 P1271 P1272 P1273 P1274 P1275 P1610 - P1617 P2135 P2146 P2147 P2148 P2149 P2228 P2229 ECM* 0642 0643 0652 0653 0686 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1610 - 1617 2135 2146 2147 2148 2149 2228 2229 Items (CONSULT-II screen item) SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 ECM RELAY INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3 INJECTOR 4 FRP RELIEF VALVE FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP NATS MALFUNTION APP SENSOR INJ PWR/CIRC INJECTOR/CIRC INJECTOR/CIRC INJ PWR/CIRC BARO SEN/CIRC BARO SEN/CIRC MIL lighting up Reference page EC-1090 EC-1090 EC-1096 EC-1096 EC-1102 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1107 EC-1113 EC-1113 EC-1113 EC-1113 EC-1119 EC-1126 EC-1131 EC-1136 EC-914 EC-1141 EC-1147 EC-1152 EC-1152 EC-1147 EC-1159 EC-1159

*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

EC-898

PRECAUTIONS
[YD]

PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

EBS016OF

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. C WARNING: q To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. q Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air E Bag Module, see the SRS section. q Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. F

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine

EBS016OG

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: q Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. q Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) q Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-72, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" . q Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. q Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc. q Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Precautions
q q

EBS016OH

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

EC-899

PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
q

Do not disassemble ECM.

MBIB0625E

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.

PBIB1512E

q q

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to IC's. Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of IC's, etc. Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-936, "ECM Terminals And Reference Value" . Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft position sensor.

SEF291H

q q q

MEF040D

EC-900

PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
q

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

EC

C
SAT652J

D
q

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/ output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Do not disassemble fuel pump. If NG, take proper action. Do not disassemble fuel injector. If NG, replace fuel injector.

SEF348N

q q

Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring. Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessarily. Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave radio can be kept smaller. Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

SEF708Y

EC-901

PRECAUTIONS
[YD]

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis


When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following: q GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams". q PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: q GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES". q GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".

EBS016OI

EC-902

PREPARATION
[YD]

PREPARATION Special Service Tools


Tool number Tool name EG17650301 Radiator cap tester adapter Description

PFP:00002

A
EBS016OJ

EC

Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radiator filler neck a: 28 (1.10) dia. b: 31.4 (1.236) dia. c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

KV109E0010 Break-out box

Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester

F
S-NT825

KV109E0080 Y-cable adapter

Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester

H
S-NT826

Commercial Service Tools


Tool name Socket wrench Description Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor

I
EBS016OK

S-NT705

EC-903

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram

PFP:23710
EBS016OL

PBIB2217E

EC-904

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Vacuum Hose Drawing

EBS016OM

EC

PBIB2019E

Refer to EC-904, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-905

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

System Chart
Input (Sensor)
q q q q q q q q q q q

EBS016ON

ECM Function Fuel injection control Fuel injection timing control Fuel cut control Glow control system On board diagnostic system EGR volume control Cooling fan control Turbocharger boost control Fuel transport pump control

Output (Actuator) Fuel injector and Fuel pump Fuel injector and Fuel pump Fuel injector and Fuel pump Glow relay and glow indicator lamp)*2 Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)*2 EGR volume control valve Cooling fan relay Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve Fuel transport pump relay

Accelerator pedal position sensor Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel pump temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor Intake air temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor Turbocharger boost sensor Vehicle speed sensor*1 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*1 Ignition switch Stop lamp switch Air conditioner switch*1 Park/neutral position switch Battery voltage Fuel level switch Power steering pressure switch

q q q q q q q

Air conditioning cut control

Air conditioner relay

*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

Fuel Injection Control System


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EBS016OO

Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control, idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control, the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance. Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to preset value.

START CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart


Sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor Ignition switch Fuel rail pressure sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine coolant temperature Engine speed Piston position Start signal Fuel rail pressure Fuel injection control (start control) Fuel injector Fuel pump ECM Function Actuator

When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure. For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle control.
SEF648S

EC-906

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]
IDLE CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor Battery Accelerator pedal position sensor Fuel rail pressure sensor Vehicle speed sensor* Air conditioner switch* Input Signal to ECM Engine coolant temperature Engine speed Battery voltage Accelerator pedal position Fuel rail pressure Vehicle speed Air conditioner signal Fuel injection control (Idle control) Fuel injector Fuel pump ECM Function Actuator

EC

*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the engine coolant temperature signal.

NORMAL CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart


Sensor Crankshaft position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Fuel rail pressure sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Accelerator position Fuel rail pressure ECM Function Fuel injection control (Normal control) Actuator Fuel injector Fuel pump

The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is determined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel rail pressure. These sensors send signals to the ECM. The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between various engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and fuel rail pressure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sensor signals in comparison with the map.
SEF649S

MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart


Sensor Mass air flow sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Input Signal to ECM Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature Engine speed Accelerator pedal position ECM Function Fuel injection control (Maximum amount control) Actuator

Fuel Injector

The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions. This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or during a system failure.

EC-907

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]
DECELERATION CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Crankshaft position sensor Input Signal to ECM Accelerator pedal position Engine speed ECM Function Fuel injection control (Deceleration control) Actuator Fuel injector Fuel pump

The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel efficiency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.

Fuel Injection Timing Control System


DESCRIPTION

EBS016OP

The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals accordance with the map.

Air Conditioning Cut Control


INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Air conditioner switch* Accelerator pedal position sensor Vehicle speed sensor* Engine coolant temperature sensor Input Signal to ECM Air conditioner ON signal Accelerator pedal opening angle Vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner cut control Air conditioner relay ECM Function Actuator

EBS016OQ

*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used. When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds. When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.

Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed)


INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Vehicle speed sensor* Accelerator pedal position sensor Crankshaft position sensor Input Signal to ECM Vehicle speed Accelerator pedal position Engine speed Fuel cut control Fuel injector ECM Function Actuator

EBS016OR

*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-906, "Fuel Injection Control System" .

EC-908

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Crankcase Ventilation System


DESCRIPTION

EBS016OS

In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
EC

G
PBIB0590E

INSPECTION Ventilation Hose


1. 2. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

K
SEC692

CAN Communication
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EBS016OT

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

EC-909

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT System diagram

PKIA6458E

Input/output signal chart


T: Transmit R: Receive Signals Stop lamp switch signal Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal A/C switch signal Blower fan motor switch signal Vehicle speed signal R ABS warning lamp signal 4WD warning lamp signal 4WD mode indicator lamp signal Parking brake switch signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal Glow indicator lamp signal T T T T T T T R T T T R R T R R T T R T R R R T R R R R ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) T 4WD control unit R R R R Combination meter

EC-910

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[YD]

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Fuel Filter


DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.

PFP:00018

A
EBS016OU

EC

AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump to bleed air. q When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump suddenly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time. q If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump (the pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), disconnect the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel gallery. Then, perform the operation described above, and make sure that fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel. Do not let fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect the hose, then bleed air again. q Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing air bleeding.
C

E
PBIB1932E

WATER DRAINING
1. a. Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows. Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the vacuum pump and vacuum pipe). CAUTION: After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from getting into the engine during the operation. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector assembly from the dash panel. q It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose. Using a tool such as a pliers, loosen the water draining cock at the bottom of the fuel filter. Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to start draining. Do not remove drain cock by loosening it excessively. If water dose not drain properly, move the priming up and down. CAUTION: When the water is drained, the fuel is also drained. Use a pan, etc. to avoid fuel adherence to the rubber parts such as the engine mount insulator. Do not over-tighten the water draining cock. This will damSMA825B age the cock thread, resulting in water or fuel leak. Bleed air of the fuel filter. Refer to EC-911, "AIR BLEEDING" . Start the engine.
EBS016OV

b.

2.

3. 4.

Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing


DESCRIPTION

In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor. Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is an operating to clear the value of the fuel pump learning. It must be performed after the fuel pump is changed. When the ECM is replaced with brand new one, the Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is not necessary to be performed. If the ECM to be replaced has the possibility of learning the characteristic value of fuel pump, the Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is necessary to be performed after the ECM has been replaced.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: Remove fuel pump without starting engine after performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.

EC-911

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE


[YD]
With CONSULT-II
1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Select PUMP LEARNT CLEAR in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.

MBIB0896E

3.

Touch CLEAR and wait a few seconds.

MBIB0893E

4.

Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

MBIB0894E

Without CONSULT-II
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as erasing DTC.In detail, refer to EC-913, "Without CONSULT-II" .

EC-912

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[YD]

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM DTC and MIL Detection Logic

PFP:00028

A
EBS016OW

When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up, EC refer to EC-895, "INDEX FOR DTC" .

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)


HOW TO READ DTC
The DTC can be read by the following methods.

EBS016OX

With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode. Example: P0117, P0335, P1260, etc. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)

Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0117, 0335, 1260, etc. q Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.

HOW TO ERASE DTC With CONSULT-II


1. 2. 3. 4. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. Touch ENGINE. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
H

MBIB0895E

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.

Without CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-915, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .

EC-913

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[YD]
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. q The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data Fuel pump learning value Others Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
q

Freeze Frame Data

EBS016OY

The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For details, see EC-944, "Freeze Frame Data" . Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-913, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)


q

EBS016OZ

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or "NATS MALFUNCTION" is displayed on "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Refer to BL-147, "NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)" . Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching "ERASE" in "SELF-DAIG RESULTS" mode with CONSULT-II. When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out SEF543X with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.
EBS016P0

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. q If the MIL does not light up, refer to EC-1205, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" . 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION


The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

EC-914

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[YD]
Diagnostic Test Mode Mode I KEY and ENG. Status Ignition switch in ON position Function BULB CHECK Explanation of Function This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC1205, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .)

EC

Engine stopped

D
Engine running MALFUNCTION WARNING This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a malfunction, the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.

E
Mode II Ignition switch in ON position SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS This function allows DTCs to be read.

Engine stopped

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE


NOTE: q It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. q It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. q Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
I

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
K

PBIB0092E

EC-915

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


[YD]
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. 2. 3. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-915, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK


In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC1205, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING


MIL ON OFF When the malfunction is detected. No malfunction. Condition

These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


In this mode, the DTC is indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-895, "INDEX FOR DTC" )

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)


The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC916, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . q If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. q Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

EC-916

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Trouble Diagnosis Introduction


INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injection control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.

PFP:00004

A
EBS016P1

EC

MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.

H
SEF233G

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the EC-918, "WORK FLOW" . Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on next page should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.

L
SEF234G

EC-917

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
WORK FLOW

PBIB2218E

*1

If time data of SELF-DIAG *2 RESULTS is other than 0, perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 form EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

If the on board diagnostic system cannot be performed, check main power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-954, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .

*4

EC-918

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Description for Work Flow
STEP STEP I DESCRIPTION Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the EC-919, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" . Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the DTC and the freeze frame data, then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV. Refer to EC-914 . If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer toEC-926 ) Also check related service bulletins for information. Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs. The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V. Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II. During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative. The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection. Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX. If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-921 . Then perform inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-926 . Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-936 or EC-949 . The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Circuit Inspection. Repair or replace the malfunction parts. If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to EC-913 .)

EC

STEP II

STEP III

STEP IV

STEP V

STEP VI

STEP VII

DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET


There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.

SEF907L

EC-919

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Worksheet Sample

LEC031A

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

EBS016P2

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC-964, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

EC-920

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Priority 1
q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q

Detected items (DTC) U1000 CAN communication line P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor P0563 Battery voltage P0605 P0606 ECM P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply P1260 - P1267 Fuel injector adjustment resistor P1610 - P1617 NATS P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector P0686 ECM relay P0088 P0093 Fuel system P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P0234 Turbocharger system
EBS016P3

EC

q q q

q q q

Basic Inspection
Precaution: Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied; q Headlamp switch is OFF. q Air conditioner switch is OFF. q Rear defogger switch is OFF. q Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

EC-921

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3.

4.

Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to MA-7, "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE (EXCEPT FOR EUROPE)" . Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. >> GO TO 2.

SEF142I

2. PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED


With CONSULT-II Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector. Without CONSULT-II Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle. >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK IDLE SPEED


1. 2. With CONSULT-II Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Read idle speed. 72525 rpm

SEF817Y

Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. 72525 rpm OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4.

EC-922

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK


Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace.

EC

5. BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM


1. 2. Stop engine. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-911, "AIR BLEEDING" . >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Read idle speed. 72525 rpm

SEF817Y

Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. 72525 rpm OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER


Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-911, "WATER DRAINING" . >> GO TO 8.

EC-923

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

8. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Read idle speed. 72525 rpm

SEF817Y

Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. 72525 rpm OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9.

9. CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER


Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.

10. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE


Check battery voltage. Voltage: More than 12.13V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK BATTERY


Refer to SC-4, "BATTERY" . OK or NG OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-13, "CHARGING SYSTEM" . NG >> Repair or replace.

12. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE


Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-211, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Follow the instruction of CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

EC-924

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

13. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Read idle speed. 72525 rpm

EC

E
SEF817Y

Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. 72525 rpm OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector. 2. GO TO 3.

EC-925

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

Symptom Matrix Chart


SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER POOR ACCELERATION HI IDLE LOW IDLE

EBS016P4

Reference page

SYSTEM Basic engine control system NO START (with first firing) NO START (without first firing)

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

AT IDLE

DURING DRIVING

WHEN DECELERATING

Warranty symptom code Fuel pump Fuel injector Glow control system Engine body Fuel transport pump EGR system Air cleaner and duct Fuel rail pressure relief valve Fuel pump circuit ENGINE CONTROL Fuel injector circuit Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature circuit Vehicle speed signal circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 4 1 4 1 5 3 1 3 5 3 1 3

AA 5 3 1 3 5 3 1 3 3 2 5 3

AB 5 3 5 3

AC 5 3

AD 5 3 1 4

AE 5 4 3

AF 5 3 EC-1015 EC-1161

3 2

3 2

EM-224 EC-1193

3 3

3 3

EC-1169 EM-144 EC-974

4 1

4 1

4 1

4 1

4 1

4 1 1 1

4 1 1

4 1 1 1

4 1

EC-1085 EC-1015 EC-978

1 1 1 1 1

EC-990 BRC-37 EC-996 EC-1007

EC-926

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER POOR ACCELERATION HI IDLE LOW IDLE Reference page

EC

SYSTEM Basic engine control system NO START (with first firing) NO START (without first firing)

E
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT AT IDLE DURING DRIVING WHEN DECELERATING

I
AB AC 1 1 AD 1 1 AE 1 AF EC-1054 EC-1066 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1176 EC-1176 EC-1202 EC-954 EC-954 EC-1021 1 1 1 EC-1169 EC-1161 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1102 EC-1081, EC-1159 EC-914

Warranty symptom code Crankshaft position sensor circuit Camshaft position sensor circuit Turbocharger boost sensor circuit Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit Start signal circuit Ignition switch circuit Power supply and ground circuit Cooling fan relay circuit EGR volume control valve circuit Glow relay circuit ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit ECM, connector circuit NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page) 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

AA 1 3 1 3 1

ENGINE CONTROL

1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1

EC-927

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SYMPTOM ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE) Malfunction indicator lamp illuminates. Can be detected by CONSULT-II? Reference page

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

BLACK SMOKE

WHITE SMOKE

Warranty symptom code Fuel pump Fuel injector Glow control system Engine body Fuel transport pump EGR system Air cleaner and duct Fuel rail pressure relief valve Fuel pump circuit ENGINE CONTROL Fuel injector circuit Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature circuit Vehicle speed signal circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit

AG 5 3

AH 5 3

AJ 5 3

AK

AL 5 4

AM

AP

HA 1 1 1 EC-1015 EC-1161 EM-224 EC-1193

4 1

3 3

EC-1169 EM-144 EC-974

4 1

4 1

4 1

4 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

EC-1126 EC-1015 EC-978 EC-990 BRC-37 EC-996 EC-1007

1 1

EC-928

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SYMPTOM ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE) Malfunction indicator lamp illuminates. Can be detected by CONSULT-II? Reference page

EC

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

BLACK SMOKE

WHITE SMOKE

F
AL AM AP HA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1054 EC-1066 EC-1048 EC-1176 EC-1202 EC-954 1 1 EC-954 EC-1021 1 1 1 EC-1169 EC-1161 EC-1102 EC1081,EC1159 EC-914

Warranty symptom code Crankshaft position sensor circuit Camshaft position sensor circuit Turbocharger boost sensor circuit Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit Start signal circuit Ignition switch circuit Power supply and ground circuit Cooling fan relay circuit EGR volume control valve circuit Glow relay circuit ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit ECM, connector circuit NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. ENGINE CONTROL

AG 1

AH 1

AJ

AK

2 1

EC-929

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

Engine Control Component Parts Location

EBS016P5

PBIB1888E

EC-930

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
A

EC

PBIB1938E

EC-931

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

PBIB1939E

EC-932

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
A

EC

PBIB1940E

EC-933

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

Circuit Diagram

EBS016P6

TBWA0561E

EC-934

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
A

EC

TBWB0011E

EC-935

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout

EBS016P7

MBIB0045E

ECM Terminals And Reference Value


PREPARATION
1. 2. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection, remove glove box. Remove ECM harness protector.

EBS016P8

PBIB1899E

3. 4.

When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM harness connector. q Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time. q Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 1 2 3 WIRE COLOR B B B ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

ECM ground

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground

EC-936

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 5 - 10V

[Engine is running]
q q

EC

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0883E

4 5

W/B G/B

Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

5 - 10V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB0884E

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

0 - 12.5V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

H
MBIB0889E

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

0 - 12.5V [Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 12.5V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0885E

10

Y/L

Fuel pump power supply 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

14

W/PU

Fuel level switch


q

Some fuel is in the fuel tank

Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON] No fuel is in the fuel tank

EC-937

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Air conditioner switch is OFF

19

Air conditioner relay

[Engine is running]
q

Both air conditioner switch and blower fan switch are ON (Compressor is operating)

Approximately 0.1V

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 9V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

21 22 23 24

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 3

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

25 26 27 28

GY W/L OR/B GY/B

[Engine is running] EGR volume control valve


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

0.1 - 14V (Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume control valve.) 0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is not operating Cooling fan is operating at low speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

34

LG/B

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is operating at high speed

Approximately 0.1V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0.1V

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is not operating

36

LG

Cooling fan relay (Low)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is operating

37

W/R

Glow relay

Refer to EC-1161, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-938

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) 0 - 9V

Some fuel is in the fuel tank

EC

39

B/OR

Fuel transport pump relay

[Engine is running]
q

No fuel is in the fuel tank

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

40 41 42 43

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No. 1

E
0 - 9V

F
[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

G
MBIB0882E

44 45

L/W G/OR

Crankshaft position sensor power supply Camshaft position sensor power supply

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V Approximately 5.3V 0 - 6V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0879E

46

Crankshaft position sensor 0 - 6V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

EC-939

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 6V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0877E

47

G/R

Camshaft position sensor 0 - 6V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

[Engine is running]
q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.7 - 2.0V

48 49

Y/R R

Fuel rail pressure sensor


q q

[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V Output voltage varies with fuel pump temperature Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature 2.0 - 2.3V

50

PU

Fuel pump temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor

[Engine is running]
q

Warm-up condition

51

L/OR

[Engine is running]
q

Warm-up condition

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

2.3 - 2.6V

52

Turbocharger boost sensor

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

2.5 - 2.8V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.8 - 2.3V

54

Mass air flow sensor

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

2.5 - 3.0V

55

Intake air temperature sensor Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 1 Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 3 Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 4 Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 2

[Engine is running]
q

Warm-up condition

Approximately 0.3 - 5.2V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature

59 60 61 62

W/B Y/B G/B R/B

[Ignition switch: ON]

0.5 - 5.1V (There are individual differences between fuel injector adjustment resistors.)

EC-940

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL NO. 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 73 74 78 82 WIRE COLOR W W L/R G/Y B B B B B R PU/W B ITEM Fuel rail pressure sensor power supply Turbocharger boost sensor power supply Crankshaft position sensor ground Camshaft position sensor ground Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit) Fuel rail pressure sensor ground Fuel pump temperature sensor ground Engine coolant temperature sensor ground Turbocharger boost sensor ground Mass air flow sensor ground Intake air temperature sensor ground Fuel injector adjustment resistor ground Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5.3V Approximately 5.3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q

EC

D
Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

F
Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

H
Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 5.3V

J
0.5 - 1.0V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

K
4.2 - 5.2V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

L
Approximately 0.3V

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) CAN communication line

[Ignition switch: ON]

M
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.3V Approximately 2.0 - 2.6V Output voltage varies with the communication status. Approximately 0V - Battery voltage (11 - 14V) Approximately 5.3V

85

87

GY/R

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

89 90

LG L

Data link connector Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

CONSULT-II is disconnected.

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.4 - 0.7V

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

2.2 - 2.7V

EC-941

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL NO. 92 WIRE COLOR Y ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground CAN communication line CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 0.3V Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V Output voltage varies with the communication status. Approximately 0.3V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON]

95

G/R

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

99

B/Y

Start signal [Ignition switch: START] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

100

Stop lamp switch


q

Brake pedal fully released

[Ignition switch: OFF] Brake pedal depressed

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

105

ECM relay (self-shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.2V

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

107 108

W/R W/R

Ignition switch

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

110

G/OR

Park/Neutral position switch

Gear position is Neutral

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Except the above gear position

[Engine is running] 111 P/B Power steering pressure switch


q

Steering wheel is being turned

[Engine is running]
q

Steering wheel is not being turned

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

113

ECM relay (self-shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.2V

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

114 119 120 121

B Y R W/L

ECM ground Power supply for ECM Power supply for ECM (Back-up)

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-II Function
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Self-diagnostic results Data monitor Function Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.

EBS016P9

EC-942

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Diagnostic test mode Active test Function test ECM part number Function Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. ECM part number can be read.

EC

*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
q q

Diagnostic trouble codes Freeze frame data

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located under the driver side dash panel. Turn ignition switch ON.
D

MBIB0156E

4.

Touch START (NISSAN BASED VHCL).


H

J
MBIB0233E

5.

Touch ENGINE. If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit"

SEF995X

6.

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

PBIB0410E

EC-943

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAG RESULTS Item DTC Crankshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle speed sensor Fuel pump temperature sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Fuel rail pressure sensor INPUT Mass air flow sensor Intake air temperature sensor Turbocharger boost sensor Battery voltage Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Power steering pressure switch Stop lamp switch Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) Fuel injector adjustment resistor Fuel pump Fuel injector OUTPUT Glow relay Cooling fan relay EGR volume control valve X: Applicable FREEZE FRAME DATA DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE Self Diagnostic Item


Regarding items detected in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode, refer to EC-895, "INDEX FOR DTC" .

Freeze Frame Data


Freeze frame data item DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] COOLANT TEMP [C] or [F] ENGINE SPEED [rpm] VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] INT MANI PRES [kPa]
q

Description The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-895, "INDEX FOR DTC" .) The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

q q q q

EC-944

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
DATA MONITOR MODE
ECM INPUT SIGNAL MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

A
CONDITION SPECIFICATION

MONITOR ITEM

EC
The engine speed computed from the crankshaft position sensor signal is displayed. The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. The vehicle speed computed form the vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed. The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel pump temperature sensor) is displayed. The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed. The accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is displayed. The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed. The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position switch signal. indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter signal. indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the power steering pressure switch signal. indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal. The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. Indicates the fuel pump power supply current from the ECM.
q

CKPSRPM (TDC) [rpm]

C
When the engine coolant temperature circuit is open or short, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.

COOLAN TEMP/S [C] or [F]

VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph]

FUEL TEMP SEN [C] or [F]

ACCEL POS SEN [V]

ACCEL POS SEN signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage signal. ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage signal.

ACCEL SEN 2 [V]

ACT CR PRESS [MPa]

BATTERY VOLT [V]

P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]

START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]

IGN SW [ON/OFF] MAS AIR/FL SE [V]

MAIN INJ WID [msec]

PUMP CURRENT [mA]

EC-945

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ECM INPUT SIGNAL MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
q

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

GLOW RLY [ON/OFF]

The glow relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is displayed. Indicates the control condition of the cooling fans (determined by ECM according to the input signal). LOW ... Operates at low speed. HI ... Operates at high speed. OFF ... Stopped Indicates the EGR volume control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. The opening becomes larger as the value increases. The intake air volume computed from the mass air flow sensor signal is displayed. The barometric pressure (determined by the signal voltage from the absolute pressure sensor built into the ECM) is displayed. Turbocharger boost (determined by the signal voltage from the turbocharger boost sensor) is displayed. The cylinder being injected is displayed. 1 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected. 2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected. 3 ... Cylinder No.3 is injected. 4 ... Cylinder No.4 is injected. Only # is displayed if item is unable to be measured. Figures with #s are temporary ones. They are the same figures as an actual piece of data which was just previously measured. [Hz] or [%]

COOLING FAN [LOW/HI/OFF]

EGR VOL CON/V [step]

INT/A VOLUME [mg/]


q

BARO SEN [kPa]

INT/M PRES SE [kPa]

CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4]

Voltage [V] Frequency [msec], [Hz] or [%] DUTY-HI DUTY-LOW PLS WIDTH-HI PLS WIDTH-LOW

Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width measured by the probe.

EC-946

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ECM INPUT SIGNAL MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

A
CONDITION SPECIFICATION

MONITOR ITEM

CAN COMM [OK/NG] CAN CIRC 1 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 2 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 3 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 4 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 5 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 6 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 7 [OK/UNKWN]

EC

D

q

Indicates the communication condition of CAN communication line.

These items are not displayed in SELECTION FROM MENU mode.

NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE


TEST ITEM
q

H
CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine.


q

I
Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Engine runs rough or dies.
q q

POWER BALANCE

q q q

A/C switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral Cut off each injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-II Ignition switch: ON Operate the cooling fan at LOW, HI speed and turn OFF using CONSULT-II. Engine: Return to the original trouble condition Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II. Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Turn the glow relay ON and OFF using CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound. Ignition switch: ON Change EGR volume control valve opening step using CONSULT-II. Ignition switch: ON Change fuel rail pressure using CONSULT-II

Harness and connector Cooling fan motor Cooling fan relay Harness and connectors Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injector

COOLING FAN *

Cooling fan moves at LOW, HI speed and stops.

q q q

ENG COOLANT TEMP

If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM.

GLOW RLY

Glow relay makes the operating sound.

q q

Harness and connector Glow relay

EGR VOL CONT/ V

EGR volume control valve makes an operating sound.

q q

Harness and connector EGR volume control valve

PRES REGULATOR PUMP LEANT CLEAR

Fuel leaks.
q

Fuel line Fuel pressure relief valve

This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .

*:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

EC-947

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode. 1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger): The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in real time. In other words, DTC will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM. At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ... xx% as shown in the figure, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is touched on the screen during Recording Data ... xx%, REALPBIB0480E TIME DIAG screen is also displayed. The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIGGER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL. 2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger): DTC will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM. DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected. Use these triggers as follows: 1. AUTO TRIG While trying to detect the DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it SEF707X is detected. While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent. When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC will be displayed. Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. 2. MANU TRIG

EC-948

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

EC

I
SEF720X

FUNCTION TEST
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Remarks: q Specification data are reference values. q Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION CKPS-RPM (TDC) COOLAN TEMP/S VHCL SPEED SE FUEL TEMP SEN ACCEL POS SEN*
q

EBS016PA

L
SPECIFICATION

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication. Engine: After warming up Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication Engine: After warming up Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 2,000 rpm Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Idle

Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication More than 70C (158F) Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication More than 40C (104F) 0.2 - 0.7V 3.9 - 4.9V 0.1 - 0.4V 1.9 - 2.4V 1.5 - 2.0V 2.2 - 2.7V

q q

q q

ACCEL SEN 2*

q q

MAS AIR/FL SE
q q

BATTERY VOLT

11 - 14V

EC-949

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW START SIGNAL PW/ST SIGNAL
q

CONDITION Shift lever: Neutral position Ignition switch: ON Except above Ignition switch: ON START ON Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Steering wheel is in neutral position. (Forward direction) Steering wheel is turned. Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON OFF

SPECIFICATION

OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF

BRAKE SW IGN SW

Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON OFF Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load Engine: After warming up Shift lever: Neutral position Idle speed

q q q

Idle 2,000 rpm

20 - 30 MPa 45 - 55 MPa

ACT CR PRESS
q q q

No-load Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON

0.68 - 0.78 msec 0.78 - 0.88 msec

MAIN INJ WID

q q

GLOW RLY

Refer to EC-1161, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .


q q

Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load

Idle

1,700 - 1,900 mA

PUMP CURRENT
q q

2,000 rpm Engine coolant temperature is 95C (203F) or less

1,600 - 1,800 mA

OFF

COOLING FAN
q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between 96C (205F) and 104C (219F) Engine coolant temperature is 105C (221F) or more

LOW

HI More than 10 steps

q q

Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load

After 1 minute at idle Revving engine from idle to 3,600 rpm

EGR VOL CON/V


q q

0 step 150 - 450 mg/st Approx. 100 kPa Approx. 126 kPa Approx. 106 kPa Altitude Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa (1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2 , 14.59 psi) Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95

INT/A VOLUME

q q q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 4,000 rpm Idle 2,800 rpm

INT/M PRES SE [kPa]


q q

BARO SEN

Ignition switch: ON

kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2 , 12.90 psi) Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16 kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2 , 12.06 psi) Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36 kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2 , 11.36 psi)

CYL COUNT

Engine is running

1342

EC-950

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM CAN COMM CAN CIRC 1 CAN CIRC 2 CAN CIRC 3
q

CONDITION OK OK

SPECIFICATION

UNKWN UNKWN Ignition switch: ON OK UNKWN UNKWN UNKWN

EC

CAN CIRC 4 CAN CIRC 5 CAN CIRC 6 CAN CIRC 7

NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. *: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

E
EBS016PB

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode


The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.

ACCEL POS SEN, CKPSRPM (TDC), MAS AIR/FL SE


Below is the data for ACCEL POS SEN, CKPSRPM (TDC) and MAS AIR/FL SE when revving engine quickly up to 3,000 rpm under no load after warming up engine to the normal operating temperature.

EC-951

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

SEF321Y

EC-952

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


[YD]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description

PFP:00006

A
EBS016PC

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the malfunction occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malC functioning area.

COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS


STEP in Work Flow II III IV VI Situation The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0. The symptom described by the customer does not recur. DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
EBS016PD

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-913, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" . >> GO TO 2.
G

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS


Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , CIRCUIT INSPECTION, Ground Inspection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-953

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ECM Terminals and Reference Value

PFP:24110
EBS01739

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 1 2 3 WIRE COLOR B B B ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

ECM ground

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

105

ECM relay (self shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.2V

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

107 108

W/R W/R

Ignition switch

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

113

ECM relay (self shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.2V

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

114 119 120 121

B Y R W/L

ECM ground Power supply for ECM Power supply for ECM (Back-up)

[Engine is running]
q

Idle speed

Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]

EC-954

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS0173A

EC

TBWA0563E

EC-955

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS0173B

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 6. No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 107, 108 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0610E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 q 10A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-956

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
L M

EC-957

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1. 2. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0V.

MBIB0611E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG (Battery voltage does not exist)>>GO TO 7. NG (Battery voltage exists for more then a few seconds)>>GO TO 9.

7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III


1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB1899E

2.

Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 3, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB1886E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors E65, F6 q 20A fuse q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-958

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

9. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Disconnect ECM relay.

EC

D
PBIB1899E

2. 3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay.
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV


K

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and ECM relay terminal 5, ECM terminal 120 and ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.
L

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay.
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-962, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-959

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

14. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V


Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15.

MBIB0026E

15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 20A fuse q Harness connectors E116, M75 (LHD models) q Harness connectors E105, M13 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-960

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

16. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

17. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
M L

18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-961

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

Component Inspection
ECM RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Continuity Yes No

EBS0173C

3.

If NG, replace ECM relay.


PBIB0077E

EC-962

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[YD]

Ground Inspection

EBS0173D

A Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti- EC cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: C q Remove the ground bolt or screw. q Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. D q Clean as required to assure good contact. q Reinstall bolt or screw securely. q Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. q If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the E wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. F For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-13, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

EC-963

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[YD]

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description

PFP:23710
EBS016PJ

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name
q

EBS016PK

DTC detecting condition ECM can not communicate to other control unit. ECM can not communicate for more than the specified time.

Possible cause Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)

U1000 1000

CAN communication line

DTC Confirmation Procedure


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If DTC is detected, go to EC-966, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EBS016PL

EC-964

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016PM

EC

TBWA0564E

EC-965

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016PN

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.

PBIB1058E

>> Go to LAN-4, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .

EC-966

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION


[YD]

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position camshaft position correlation

PFP:10328

A
EBS016PO

EC
DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Camshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor Timing chain Signal plate
EBS016PP

P0016 0016

The correlation between crankshaft position sensor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is out of the normal range.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-967, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

I
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-967, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016PQ

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-1059, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
M

2. CHECK SPROCKET
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket.

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-1071, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.

EC-967

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION


[YD]

4. CHECK GEAR TOOTH


Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace the signal plate.

5. CHECK TIMING CHAIN


Refer to EM-195, "SECONDARY TIMING CHAIN" , EM-200, "PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN" and EM-164, "VACUUM PUMP" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace timing chain.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-968

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0088 0088 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

PFP:17520

A
EBS016PR

Possible cause Fuel pump Fuel injector Fuel rail pressure sensor
EBS016PS

EC

Fuel rail pressure too high

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the specified value.

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-969, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

H
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-969, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016PT

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

2. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


Refer to EC-1020, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace fuel injector.

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-1089, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

EC-969

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

4. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-970

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

Removal and Installation


FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016PU

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC

EC-971

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q q

PFP:16700
EBS016PV

Possible cause Fuel pump Air mixed with fuel Lack of fuel Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel transport pump operation
EBS016PW

P0089 0089

Fuel pump performance

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-972, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-972, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016PX

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP OPERATION


Perform Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump. Refer to EC-1197 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump.

EC-972

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

A NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by performing following procedure. EC With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . C 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II. D 5. Touch ERASE. 6. Perform EC-972, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 7. Is DTC detected again? E Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . F 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-913 . G 5. Perform EC-972, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 6. Is DTC detected again? Yes or No H Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> INSPECTION END I

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Perform EC-1086, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace Fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value.Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EBS016PY

EC-973

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q q

PFP:17520
EBS016PZ

Possible cause Fuel pump Fuel rail Fuel pipe Fuel rail pressure relief valve Air mixed with fuel Lack of fuel Fuel transport pump operation
EBS016Q0

P0093 0093

Fuel system leak

ECM detects a fuel system leak. (The relation between the output voltage to the fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail pressure sensor is out of the normal range.)

q q q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016Q1

Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP OPERATION


Perform Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump. Refer to EC-1197 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump.

EC-974

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

A NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by performing following procedure. EC With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . C 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II. D 5. Touch ERASE. 6. Perform EC-974, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 7. Is DTC detected again? E Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Clear fuel pump learning value.Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" F 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-913 . G 5. Perform EC-974, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 6. Is DTC detected again? Yes or No H Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> INSPECTION END I

3. CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK


1. 2. Start engine. Visually check the following for fuel leak. Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail Fuel rail Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector 3. Also check for improper connection or pinches. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.

4. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE


Refer to EC-976, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-975

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

6. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace Fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value.Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE With CONSULT-II
WARNING: q Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. q Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve. 3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose. 4. Turn ignition switch ON.

EBS016Q2

PBIB1941E

5. 6. 7. 8.

Select PRES REGULATOR in ACTIVE TEST MODE with CONSULT-II. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm. Raise fuel pressure to 160 MPa with touching UP or Qu on the CONSULT-II screen. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pressure relief valve. WARNING: q Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel. q If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.

PBIB0587E

Without CONSULT-II
WARNING: q Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. q Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve. 3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose. 4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 5. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pressure relief valve. WARNING: q Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel. q If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.

PBIB1941E

EC-976

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM


[YD]

Removal and Installation


FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016Q3

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC

EC-977

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR Component Description


The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PFP:22680
EBS016Q4

PBIB1604E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016Q5

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1.5 - 2.0V

MAS AIR/FL SE
q q

2.2 - 2.7V

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016Q6

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.8 - 2.3V

54

Mass air flow sensor


q q

[Engine is running] Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V
EBS016Q7

2.5 - 3.0V

67 73

Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit) Mass air flow sensor ground

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0102 0102 P0103 0103 Trouble diagnosis name Mass air flow sensor circuit low input Mass air flow sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Mass air flow sensor
EBS016Q8

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-978

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[YD]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-981, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

D
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-981, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-979

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016Q9

TBWA0565E

EC-980

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016QA

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-981

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1891E

3.

Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminals 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1168E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor q Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
q

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 73. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-982

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR


[YD]

5. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR


Refer to EC-983, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground.
Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) Voltage V Approx. 0.7 1.8 - 2.3 2.5 - 3.0

EBS016QB

L
SEF865T

4.

If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and connect it again. Then repeat above check.

M
EBS016QC

Removal and Installation


MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-144, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-983

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR Component Description


The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PFP:22630
EBS016QD

PBIB1604E

<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F) 10 (14) 25 (77) 80 (176) Voltage* 4.73 3.62 1.53 V Resistance 7.9 - 9.3 1.9 - 2.1 0.31 - 0.37 k

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0112 0112 P0113 0113 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

EBS016QE

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Intake air temperature sensor
EBS016QF

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-987, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-984

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[YD]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-987, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

EC-985

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016QG

TBWA0587E

EC-986

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016QH

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-987

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1891E

3.

Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB1169E

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-989, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-988

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR


[YD]

Component Inspection
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F) 25 (77) Resistance k 1.9 - 2.1

EBS016QI

EC

2.

If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

D
PBIB1604E

SEF012P

Removal and Installation


MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-144, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EBS016QJ

EC-989

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR Description


The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

PFP:22630
EBS016QK

SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) 10 (14) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Voltage* (V) 4.7 3.8 2.6 1.3 Resistance (k) 7.0 - 11.4 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260

*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

SEF012P

CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0117 0117 P0118 0118 Trouble diagnosis name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

EBS016QL

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016QM

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-990

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[YD]
2. 3. 4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-993, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

C
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-993, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-991

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016QN

TBWA0566E

EC-992

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016QO

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-993

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1892E

3.

Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB0152E

3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 70. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-995, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-994

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR


[YD]

Component Inspection
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

EBS016QP

EC

D
PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance k 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260

*: These data are measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

2.

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.


SEF012P EBS016QQ

Removal and Installation


ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-211, "CYLINDER HEAD" .

EC-995

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR Description


The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PFP:18002
EBS016QR

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN*
q

EBS016QS

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.2 - 0.7V 3.9 - 4.9V 0.1 - 0.4V 1.9 - 2.4V

ACCEL SEN 2*

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016QT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 82 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

4.2 - 5.2V

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-996

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.4 - 0.7V

EC

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

2.2 - 2.7V

92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V
EBS016QU

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0122 0122 P0123 0123 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
q

E
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
EBS016QV

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-999, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-999, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-997

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016QW

TBWA0567E

EC-998

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016QX

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-999

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1893E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 84. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-1001, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-1000

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016QY

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 4.2 - 5.2V 0.4 - 0.7V 2.2 - 2.7V

MBIB0615E

4.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.


EBS016QZ

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1001

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR Description

PFP:16700
EBS016R0

Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM FUEL TEMP SEN
q

EBS016R1

CONDITION Engine: After warming up

SPECIFICATION More than 40C (104F)


EBS016R2

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 50 WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V Output voltage varies with fuel pump temperature Approximately 0.3V
EBS016R3

PU

Fuel pump temperature sensor Fuel pump temperature sensor ground

[Engine is running]
q

Warm-up condition

69

[Ignition switch: ON]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0182 0182 P0183 0183 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel pump temperature sensor circuit low input Fuel pump temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel pump temperature sensor
EBS016R4

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1005, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-1002

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR


[YD]
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1005, "Diagnostic Procedure"
A

EC

EC-1003

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016R5

TBWA0572E

EC-1004

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016R6

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1005

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1942E

3.

Check voltage between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB0420E

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EBS016R7

EC-1006

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR Description

PFP:16638

A
EBS016R8

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. EC The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throttling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR
q q

EBS016R9

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATOIN 20 - 30 MPa 45 - 55 MPa

ACT CR PRESS
q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016RA

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

1.7 - 2.0V

48 49

Y/R R

Fuel rail pressure sensor

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

2.0 - 2.3V

63 67 68

W B

Fuel rail pressure sensor power supply Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit) Fuel rail pressure sensor ground

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V


EBS016RB

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0192 0192 P0193 0193 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit low input Fuel rail temperature sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel rail temperature sensor

EC-1007

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016RC

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1010, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1010, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1008

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016RD

EC

TBWA0568E

EC-1009

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016RE

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTION


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1010

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1894E

3.

Check voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0405E

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K I

4. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
M

5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

EC-1011

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect harness connector disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminals 48, 49 (Fuel rail pressure sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Idle 2,000 rpm Voltage V 1.7 - 2.0 2.0 - 2.3

EBS016RF

4.

5.

If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it again. Then repeat above check. If NG, replace fuel rail.

MBIB0613E

Removal and Installation


FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016RG

EC-1012

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0200 0200 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injector power supply circuit DTC detecting condition ECM detects a voltage of power source for the fuel injector is excessively high or low.
q

PFP:16600

A
EBS016RH

Possible cause

EC
ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016RI

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E

H
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016RJ

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform EC-1013, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. Is DTC P0200 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 3. Perform EC-1013, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 4. Is DTC 0200 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END

EC-1013

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

2. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-914, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1014

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR Component Description


The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

PFP:16600

A
EBS016RK

EC

D
PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

E
EBS016RL

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: Neutral position Idle speed No-load Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON

SPECIFICATION 0.68 - 0.78 msec 0.78 - 0.88 msec

MAIN INJ WID

q q

G
EBS016RM

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 5 - 10V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0883E

4 5

W/B G/B

Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

5 - 10V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0884E

EC-1015

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 9V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

21 22 23 24

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 3

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 9V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

40 41 42 43

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No. 1

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0201 0201 P0202 0202 P0203 0203 P0204 0204 Trouble diagnosis name No. 1 cylinder fuel injector circuit open No. 2 cylinder fuel injector circuit open No. 3 cylinder fuel injector circuit open No. 4 cylinder fuel injector circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector. An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 3 cylinder fuel injector. An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector.
q

EBS016RN

Possible cause

Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.) Fuel injector

EC-1016

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016RO

A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20C (-4F).

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1019, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

F
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1019, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1017

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016RP

TBWA0569E

EC-1018

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016RQ

1. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC ECM P0201 P0202 P0203 P0204 4 5 5 4 Terminal Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
PBIB1896E

EC

Cylinder

Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G

2. CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal DTC P0201 P0202 P0203 P0204 ECM 42, 43 21, 22 23, 24 40, 41 Fuel injector 4 4 4 4 Cylinder No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4

Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I


Refer to EC-1020, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel injector.

EC-1019

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. With CONSULT-II Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-1017, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Is another DTC displayed?

Without CONSULT-II 1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder. 2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 6. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-1017, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 7. Is another DTC displayed? Yes or No OK >> Replace fuel injector or malfunctioning cylinder. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL INJECTOR
1. 2. Disconnect fuel injector. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure. Continuity should exist. 3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

EBS016RR

PBIB0406E

Removal and Installation


FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016RS

EC-1020

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE System Description


COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor Vehicle speed sensor* Engine coolant temperature sensor Air conditioner switch* Input signal to ECM Vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner ON signal Cooling fan control ECM function

PFP:21481

A
EBS016RT

Actuator

EC

Cooling fan relay

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

OPERATION
E

SEF421Z

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION Engine coolant temperature is 95C (203F) or less
q

EBS016RU

I
SPECIFICATION OFF

COOLING FAN
q

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between 96C (205F) and 104C (219F) Engine coolant temperature is 105C (221F) or more

LOW

K
HI
EBS016RV

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Cooling fan is not operating Cooling fan is operating at low speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

34

LG/B

Cooling fan relay (High)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is operating at high speed

Approximately 0.1V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0.1V

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is not operating

36

LG

Cooling fan relay (Low)

[Engine is running]
q

Cooling fan is operating

EC-1021

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016RW

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) Cooling fan Radiator hose Radiator Radiator cap Water pump Thermostat

Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. Engine coolant is not within the specified range.

q q q q q q

P0217 0217

Engine over temperature (Overheat)

For more information, refer to EC-1033, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

Overall Function Check

EBS016RX

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: q Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. q Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W

2.

3.

4. 5.

Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. If the results are NG, go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF111X

EC-1022

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Start engine. Be careful not to overheat engine. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. Turn air conditioner switch ON. Turn blower fan switch ON.
A

EC

2.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

SEF621W

Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating. Be careful not to overheat engine. 8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed. If NG, go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If OK, go to the following step. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF. 10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
SEC163BA

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed. Be careful not to overheat engine. 14. If NG, go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MEC475B

EC-1023

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016RY

TBWA0573E

EC-1024

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01708

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 4.

EC

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch LOW on the CONSULT-II screen. 3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC1029, "PROCEDURE A" .) 1. 2.

G
SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION


With CONSULT-II 1. Touch HIGHon the CONSULT-II screen. 2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed than low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1031, "PROCEDURE B" .)

L
SEF785Z

EC-1025

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-II Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. Start engine and let it idle. Set temperature lever at full cold position. Turn air conditioner switch ON. Turn blower fan switch ON.

PBIB1935E

6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC1029, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEC163BA

5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION-I


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

PBIB1892E

6.

Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1031, "PROCEDURE B" .)

MEC475B

EC-1026

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK


Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops. Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi) CAUTION: Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage. Pressure should not drop. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

EC

E
SLC754A

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following for leak. q Hose q Radiator q Water pump (Refer to CO-43, "WATER PUMP" .) >> Repair or replace.

8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP


Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief pressure. Radiator cap relief pressure: 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A

EC-1027

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. 2. 3. Remove thermostat. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. It should seat tightly. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift. Valve opening temperature: 80 - 84 C (176 - 183 F) Valve lift: More than 10 mm/95 C (0.39 in/203 F) Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to CO-45, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace thermostat. 4.

SLC343

10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-995, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES


If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1033, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1028

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]
PROCEDURE A
A

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

E
PBIB1935E

4.

Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5, 7 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0422E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 q 10A fuse q 40A fusible links q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M J

EC-1029

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3.

Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following. Cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1 Cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 Cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and ground Cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and ground Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.
PBIB1895E

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E64, F5 q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1


Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relay-1.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2


Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

EC-1030

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC

PROCEDURE B

1. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1935E

4.

Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2, -3 terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

J
PBIB0251E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and fuse q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1031

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

3. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3.

Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following. Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3 Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. 5.

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between the following. Cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2 Cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3 Cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and ground Continuity should exist.

PBIB1895E

6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 34, cooling fan relay-3 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 34. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E64, F5 q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and ECM q Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3


Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.

EC-1032

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2


Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.

EC

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Perform EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

D
EBS016S0

Main 12 Causes of Overheating


Engine OFF Step 1
q q q q

E
Inspection item Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper Coolant mixture Coolant level
q q

Equipment Visual

Standard No blocking

Reference page

2 3

Coolant tester Visual

50 - 50% coolant mixture Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) No leaks

See CO-32, "ENGINE COOLANT" . See CO-32, "LEVEL CHECK" . See CO-36, "Checking Radiator Cap" . See CO-32, "CHECKING RADIATOR SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" . See CO-45, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" , and CO-35, "RADIATOR" . See trouble diagnosis for DTC P0217 (EC-1021 ). See CO-32, "Changing Engine Coolant" . See CO-32, "LEVEL CHECK" . SeeEM-211, "CYLINDER HEAD" . See EM-228, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

Radiator cap

Pressure tester

ON*2

Coolant leaks

Visual

ON*2

Thermostat

Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses

Both hoses should be hot

ON*1 OFF ON*3

7 8 9

Cooling fan Combustion gas leak Coolant temperature gauge Coolant overflow to reservoir tank Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator Cylinder head Cylinder block and pistons

CONSULT-II Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Visual Visual Visual

Operating Negative Gauge less than 3/4 when driving No overflow during driving and idling Should be initial level in reservoir tank 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston

OFF*4

10

OFF

11 12

Straight gauge feeler gauge Visual

*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-28, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-1033

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE


[YD]

Component Inspection
COOLING FAN RELAY-1, -2 AND -3
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016S1

If NG, replace relay.

SEF745U

COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2


1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Speed (+) Low Cooling fan motor High 1 1, 2 Terminals (-) 4 3, 4
SEF734W

Cooling fan motor should operate. If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

EC-1034

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR Description


The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PFP:18002

A
EBS016S2

EC

D
PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN*
q

E
EBS016S3

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.2 - 0.7V 3.9 - 4.9V 0.1 - 0.4V 1.9 - 2.4V

ACCEL SEN 2*

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

H
EBS016S4

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 82 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

K
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q

Approximately 5.3V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

M
4.2 - 5.2V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-1035

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.4 - 0.7V

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

2.2 - 2.7V

92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V
EBS016S5

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0222 0222 P0223 0223 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
EBS016S6

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1038, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1038, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1036

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016S7

EC

TBWA0729E

EC-1037

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016S8

1. CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1038

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1893E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0915E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 92. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K I

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-1040, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-1039

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 4.2 - 5.3V 0.4 - 0.7V 2.2 - 2.7V

EBS016S9

MBIB0615E

4.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.


EBS016SA

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1040

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM Description


The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.

PFP:14411

A
EBS016SB

EC

D
MBIB0626E

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pressure rises.

H
PBIB1897E

ECM Terminal and Reference Value

EBS016SC

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

MBIB0889E

0 - 12.5V [Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1041

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016SD

Possible cause Turbocharger Vacuum pump Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
EBS016SE

P0234 0234

Turbocharger overboost condition

ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure is excessively high.

q q q

Overall Function Check

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator rod moves slightly when engine is started. 3. If NG, go to EC-1044, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB1936E

EC-1042

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016SF

EC

TBWA0588E

EC-1043

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016SG

1. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to turbocharger control actuator. Start engine and let it idle. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB1937E

2. CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY


Turn ignition switch OFF. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-905, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery. 1. 2.

SEF109L

EC-1044

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]

3. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1897E

3.

Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB1945E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and ECM relay q Harness for open or short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L M

6. CHECK TURBOCHARGE BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-1046, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

EC-1045

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]

7. CHECK VACUUM PUMP


Refer to EM-164, "VACUUM PUMP" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly.

8. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Install a vacuum pump to turbocharger boost control actuator. Make sure that the turbocharger boost control actuator rod moves smoothly when applying vacuum of -53.3kPa (-533mbar, -400mmHg, -15.75inHg) and releasing it. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace turbocharger assembly.

MBIB1022E

9. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR


Refer to EC-1053, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. 2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.

EBS016SH

PBIB1897E

EC-1046

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM


[YD]
3. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
CONDITIONS 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No Air passage continuity between A and C

EC
No Yes

Operation takes less than 1 second.

C
MBIB0996E

If NG, replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

EC-1047

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR Component Description


The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.

PFP:22365
EBS016SI

MBIB0614E

MBIB0899E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016SJ

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 4,000 rpm Idle 2,800 rpm

SPECIFICATION Approx. 100 kPa Approx. 126 kPa Approx. 106 kPa

INT/M PRES SE [kPa]


q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016SK

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running]
q q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Warm-up condition Idle speed

2.3 - 2.6V

52

Turbocharger boost sensor

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

2.5 - 2.8V

64 71

W B

Turbocharger boost sensor power supply Turbocharger boost sensor ground

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V Approximately 0.3V

EC-1048

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR


[YD]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0237 0237 P0238 0238 Trouble diagnosis name Turbocharger boost sensor circuit low input Turbocharger boost sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
q

EBS016SL

A
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Turbocharger boost sensor
EBS016SM

EC

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1051, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

H
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1051, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1049

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016SN

TBWA0589E

EC-1050

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016SO

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1051

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1898E

3.

Check voltage between turbocharge boost sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB0072E

3. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 52 and turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR


Refer to EC-1053, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

EC-1052

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016SP

Component Inspection
CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected. Turn ignition switch ON. Use pump to apply pressure sensor as shown in the figure. CAUTION: q Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it. q Inspection should be done at room temperature [10-30C (50-86F)]. Check the output voltage between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2 and ground.
Voltage V Approximately 2.3V Approximately 2.9V

4.

Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure) 0 kPa (0 mbar, 0 mmHg, 0 inHg) +40 kPa (400 mbar, 300mmHg, 11.81 inHg)

H
MBIB0925E

Removal and Installation


TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Refer to EM-146, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .

EBS016SQ

EC-1053

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR Description


The crankshaft position sensor monitors engine speed by means of signals from the sensing plate (with 56 protrusions) installed to the fly wheel. The datum signal output is detected 6 signal and sent to the ECM. The sensor signal is used for fuel injection control and fuel injection timing control.

PFP:23731
EBS016SR

MBIB0619E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CKPS-RPM (TDC)
q

EBS016SS

CONDITION Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.

SPECIFICATION Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication


EBS016ST

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 44 WIRE COLOR L/W ITEM Crankshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5.3V 0 - 6V

[Ignition switch: ON]

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0879E

46

Crankshaft position sensor 0 - 6V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

65 67

L/R

Crankshaft position sensor ground Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1054

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0335 0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor circuit DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016SU

A
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Crankshaft position sensor
EBS016SV

Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by the ECM when engine is running.
q

EC

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1057, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E

4.

H
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1057, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1055

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016SW

TBWA0570E

EC-1056

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016SX

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1057

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1889E

3.

Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0405E

3. CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-1059, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.

EC-1058

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016SY

Component Inspection
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

G
MBIB0864E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.


Terminal No. (Polarity) 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) 2 (+) - 3 (-) Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Except 0 Except 0 or Except 0

6.

If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.

MBIB1009E

Removal and Installation


CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EM-158, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

EBS016SZ

EC-1059

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR Description


The crankshaft position sensor monitors engine speed by means of signals from the sensing plate (with 56 protrusions) installed to the fly wheel. The datum signal output is detected 6 signal and sent to the ECM. The sensor signal is used for fuel injection control and fuel injection timing control.

PFP:23731
EBS016T0

MBIB0619E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CKPSRPM (TDC)
q

EBS016T1

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indi- Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. cation.
EBS016T2

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 44 WIRE COLOR L/W ITEM Crankshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5.3V 0 - 6V

[Ignition switch: ON]

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0879E

46

Crankshaft position sensor 0 - 6V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

65 67

L/R

Crankshaft position sensor ground Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1060

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016T3

A
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Crankshaft position sensor Signal plate
EBS016T4

P0336 0336

Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance

Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine is running.

EC

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1063, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

4.

H
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1063, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1061

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016T5

TBWA0570E

EC-1062

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016T6

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1063

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1889E

3.

Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0405E

3. CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-1065, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.

EC-1064

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK GEAR TOOTH


Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace the signal plate.

EC

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

D
EBS016T7

Component Inspection
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

I
MBIB0864E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.


Terminal No. (Polarity) 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) 2 (+) - 3 (-) Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Except 0 Except 0 or Except 0

6.

If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.

MBIB1009E

Removal and Installation


CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EM-158, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

EBS016T8

EC-1065

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR Description


The camshaft position sensor identifies a particular cylinder by means of signals from the sensing plate (with five protrusions) installed to the camshaft. The datum signal output is detected 90 signal and sent to the ECM.

PFP:23731
EBS016T9

MBIB0618E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016TA

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 45 WIRE COLOR G/OR ITEM Camshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5.3V 0 - 6V

[Ignition switch: ON]

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0877E

47

G/R

Camshaft position sensor 0 - 6V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

66 67

G/Y

Camshaft position sensor ground Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0340 0340 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor circuit DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016TB

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Camshaft position sensor

Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by the ECM when engine is running.
q

EC-1066

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016TC

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1069, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

4.

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1069, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G

EC-1067

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016TD

TBWA0571E

EC-1068

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016TE

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-23, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

M
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1069

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1890E

3.

Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB1010E

4. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-1071, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.

EC-1070

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016TF

Component Inspection
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

G
MBIB0647E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.


Terminal No. (Polarity) 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) 2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Except 0

6.

If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.

MBIB1009E

Removal and Installation


CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EM-164, "VACUUM PUMP" .

EBS016TG

EC-1071

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR Description


The camshaft position sensor identifies a particular cylinder by means of signals from the sensing plate (with five protrusions) installed to the camshaft. The datum signal output is detected 90 signal and sent to the ECM.

PFP:23731
EBS016TH

MBIB0618E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016TI

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 45 WIRE COLOR G/OR ITEM Camshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5.3V 0 - 6V

[Ignition switch: ON]

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0877E

47

G/R

Camshaft position sensor 0 - 6V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

66 67

G/Y

Camshaft position sensor ground Sensor ground (Sensors shield circuit)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016TJ

Possible cause Harness connectors (The sensor circuit is opener shorted.) Camshaft position sensor Signal plate

P0341 0341

Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance

Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine is running.

q q

EC-1072

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016TK

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1075, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

4.

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1075, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G

EC-1073

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016TL

TBWA0571E

EC-1074

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016TM

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-23, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

M
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1075

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1890E

3.

Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB1010E

4. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR


Refer to EC-1078, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.

EC-1076

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)


Check the following. q Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end q Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft.

EC

D
MBIB0990E

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1077

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR


[YD]

Component Inspection
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

EBS016TN

MBIB0647E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.


Terminal No. (Polarity) 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) 2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Except 0

6.

If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.

MBIB1009E

Removal and Installation


CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EM-164, "VACUUM PUMP" .

EBS016TO

EC-1078

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE


[YD]

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P0563 0563 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

PFP:24410

A
EBS016TP

Possible cause Battery Battery terminal Alternator


EBS016TQ

EC

Battery voltage high

An excessively high voltage from the battery is sent to ECM.

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1079, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1079, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EBS016TR

Diagnostic Procedure

1. INSPECTION START
L

Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR


Check that the proper type of battery and alternator is installed. Refer to SC-4, "BATTERY" and SC-13, "CHARGING SYSTEM" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace with a proper one.

EC-1079

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE


[YD]

3. CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION


Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.

SEF439Z

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly.

4. CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER


Check that the battery for the booster is a 12V battery. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Change the vehicle for booster.

5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


Perform EC-1079, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-914, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE


Check the following for damage. Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn q Fuses for short OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
q

EC-1080

DTC P0605 ECM


[YD]

DTC P0605 ECM Description


The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PFP:23710

A
EBS016TS

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0605 0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module (ROM) DTC detecting condition ECM ROM is malfunctioning.
q

E
EBS016TT

Possible cause ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016TU

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1082, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1082, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

EC-1081

DTC P0605 ECM


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016TV

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform EC-1081, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. Is DTC P0605 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 3. Perform EC-1081, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 4. Is DTC 0605 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-914, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1082

DTC P0606 ECM


[YD]

DTC P0606 ECM Description


The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PFP:23710

A
EBS016TW

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0606 0606 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module (Processor) DTC detecting condition ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
q

E
EBS016TX

Possible cause ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016TY

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1084, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1083, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
M

EC-1083

DTC P0606 ECM


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016TZ

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform EC-1083, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. Is DTC P0606 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 3. Perform EC-1083, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 4. Is DTC 0606 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-914, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1084

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS016U0

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016U1

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1,700 - 1,900 mA 1,600 - 1,800 mA

PUMP CURRENT
q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016U2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

MBIB0885E

10

Y/L

Fuel pump power supply 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

M
MBIB0886E

EC-1085

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P0628 0628 P0629 0629 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel pump control circuit low input Fuel pump control circuit high output DTC detecting condition ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is open or short to ground. ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is short to power.
q

EBS016U3

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel pump
EBS016U4

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1088, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1088, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1086

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016U5

EC

TBWA0574E

EC-1087

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016U6

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness connector.

PBIB1943E

3.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-1089, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

4. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1088

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2. Continuity should exist. If NG, replace fuel pump.

EBS016U7

EC

D
SEF807Z

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EBS016U8

EC-1089

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Description


The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PFP:18002
EBS016U9

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN*
q

EBS016UA

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.2 - 0.7V 3.9 - 4.9V 0.1 - 0.4V 1.9 - 2.4V

ACCEL SEN 2*

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016UB

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 82 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

4.2 - 5.2V

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-1090

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.4 - 0.7V

EC

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

2.2 - 2.7V

92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V
EBS016UC

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0642 0642 P0643 0643 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply circuit low Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply circuit high DTC detecting condition ECM detects a voltage of power source for the APP sensor 1 is excessively low. ECM detects a voltage of power source for the APP sensor 1 is excessively high.
q

E
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016UD

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1093, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1093, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1091

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016UE

TBWA0731E

EC-1092

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016UF

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1093

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1893E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-1094, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 4.2 - 5.2V 0.4 - 0.7V 2.2 - 2.7V

EBS016UG

MBIB0615E

4.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-1094

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EBS016UH

EC

EC-1095

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Description


The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PFP:18002
EBS016UI

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN*
q

EBS016UJ

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.2 - 0.7V 3.9 - 4.9V 0.1 - 0.4V 1.9 - 2.4V

ACCEL SEN 2*

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016UK

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 82 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]


q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

4.2 - 5.2V

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-1096

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.4 - 0.7V

EC

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

2.2 - 2.7V

92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V
EBS016UL

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P0652 0652 P0653 0653 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply circuit low Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply circuit high DTC detecting condition ECM detects a voltage of power source for the APP sensor 2 is excessively low. ECM detects a voltage of power source for the APP sensor 2 is excessively high.
q

E
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016UM

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1099, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1099, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1097

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016UN

TBWA0732E

EC-1098

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016UO

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

J
PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1099

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1893E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0915E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-1100, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 4.2 - 5.2V 0.4 - 0.7V 2.2 - 2.7V

EBS016UP

MBIB0615E

4.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-1100

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EBS016UQ

EC

EC-1101

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY


[YD]

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ECM Terminals and Reference valve


TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

PFP:25230
EBS016UR

DATA (DC Voltage)

105

ECM relay (self shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.2V

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: OFF]


q

113

ECM relay (self shut-off)


q

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.2V

[Ignition switch: OFF] More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)


EBS016US

119 120

Y R

Power supply for ECM

[Ignition switch: ON]

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P0686 0686 Trouble diagnosis name ECM relay circuit DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.) ECM relay
EBS016UT

ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ignition switch OFF.
q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF. Wait at least 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1105, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF. Wait at least 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

EC-1102

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY


[YD]
5. 6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1105, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

EC-1103

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016UU

TBWA0576E

EC-1104

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016UV

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

EC

E
PBIB2219E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK ECM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Disconnect ECM relay. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and ECM relay terminal 5, ECM terminals 120 and ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.
K I J

L
PBIB1899E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ECM RELAY


Refer to EC-1106, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-1105

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ECM RELAY
1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 OFF Continuity Yes No

EBS016UW

3.

If NG, replace ECM relay.


PBIB0077E

EC-1106

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


[YD]

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR Description

PFP:16600

A
EBS016V5

The fuel injector adjustment resistor is built into the fuel injector. The resistance is constant and individual. ECM uses the individual resistance to determine the fuel injection pulse. EC

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016V6

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 59 60 61 62 78 WIRE COLOR W/B Y/B G/B R/B PU/W ITEM Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 1 Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 3 Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 4 Fuel injector adjustment resistor No. 2 Fuel injector adjustment resistor ground CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

E
0.5 - 5.1V (There are individual differences between fuel injector adjustment resistors.)

[Ignition switch: ON]

G
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P1260 1260 P1261 1261 P1262 1262 P1263 1263 P1264 1264 P1265 1265 P1266 1266 P1267 1267 Trouble diagnosis name No. 1 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor low input No. 1 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor high input No. 2 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor low input No. 2 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor high input No. 3 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor low input No. 3 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor high input No. 4 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor low input No. 4 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the No. 1 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the No. 1 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively low voltage from the No. 2 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the No. 2 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively low voltage from the No. 3 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the No. 3 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively low voltage from the No. 4 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM. An excessively high voltage from the No. 4 cylinder fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ECM.
q

H
EBS016V7

Possible cause

L
Harness or connectors (The fuel injector adjustment resistor circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel injector adjustment resistor

EC-1107

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016V8

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1110, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1110, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1108

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016V9

EC

TBWA0575E

EC-1109

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016VA

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1110

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


[YD]

2. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector of malfunctioning cylinder. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1896E

3.

Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB0186E

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 1 and ECM terminal 78. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I J

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


Refer to EC-1111, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel injector.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.

EBS016VB

EC-1111

DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR


[YD]
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure. Continuity should exist. If NG, replace fuel injector.

PBIB0415E

Removal and Installation


FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016VC

EC-1112

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR Component Description


The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

PFP:16600

A
EBS016VD

EC

D
PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

E
EBS016VE

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: Neutral position Idle speed No-load Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON

SPECIFICATION 0.68 - 0.78 msec 0.78 - 0.88 msec

MAIN INJ WID

q q

G
EBS016VF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 5 - 10V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0883E

4 5

W/B G/B

Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

5 - 10V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0884E

EC-1113

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 9V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

21 22 23 24

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 3

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 9V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

40 41 42 43

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No. 1

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P1268 1268 P1269 1269 P1270 1270 P1271 1271 Trouble diagnosis name No. 1 cylinder fuel injector DTC detecting condition The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized. The valve built into No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized.
q

EBS016VG

Possible cause

No. 2 cylinder fuel injector

Fuel injector

No. 3 cylinder fuel injector

The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized. The valve built into No. 4 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized.

No. 4 cylinder fuel injector

EC-1114

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016VH

A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. EC NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C

WITH CONSULT-II

1. 2. 3. 4.

Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1117, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) Less than 75C (167F)
PBIB2156E

CKPSRPM COOLAN TEMP/S Shift lever Accelerator pedal

Suitable position Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-1117, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1117, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70(engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) More than 0.6V Suitable position Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

Engine speed Voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground Shift lever Accelerator pedal

7. 8. 9.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1117, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1115

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016VI

TBWA0569E

EC-1116

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016VJ

1. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC ECM P1268 P1269 P1270 P1271 4 5 5 4 Terminal Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
PBIB1896E

EC

Cylinder

Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G

2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal DTC P1268 P1269 P1270 P1271 ECM 42, 43 21, 22 23, 24 40, 41 Fuel injector 4 4 4 4 Cylinder No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4

Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I


Refer to EC-1118, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel injector.

EC-1117

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR


[YD]

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. With CONSULT-II Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-1115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Is another DTC displayed?

Without CONSULT-II 1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder. 2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 6. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-1115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 7. Is another DTC displayed? Yes or No OK >> Replace fuel injector or malfunctioning cylinder. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL INJECTOR
1. 2. Disconnect fuel injector. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure. Continuity should exist. 3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

EBS016VK

PBIB0406E

Removal and Installation


FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016VL

EC-1118

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP Description


When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel pressure relief valve opens to carry excess fuel to the return hose.

PFP:16700

A
EBS016VM

EC

D
PBIB1900E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

E
EBS016VN

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1,700 - 1,900 mA

PUMP CURRENT
q q

1,600 - 1,800 mA

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016VO

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0885E

10

Y/L

Fuel pump power supply 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

EC-1119

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016VP

Possible cause Harness or connectors (Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel pump Fuel rail pressure sensor Air mixed with fuel Lack of fuel Fuel transport pump operation
EBS016VQ

P1272 1272

Fuel rail pressure relief valve open

Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open because of fuel pressure control system malfunction.

q q q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the accelerator pedal. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the accelerator pedal. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-1120

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A

EC

EC-1121

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016VR

TBWA0574E

EC-1122

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016VS

1. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP OPERATION


Perform Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump. Refer to EC-1197, "Diagnostic Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump.

EC

2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING


NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by performing following procedure. With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II. 5. Touch ERASE. 6. Perform EC-1120, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 7. Is DTC detected again? Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-913 . 5. Perform EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" , again. 6. Is DTC displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> INSPECTION END

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness connectors.
L

PBIB1943E

3.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1123

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-1124, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 8.

6. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace.

8. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2. Continuity should exist. If NG, replace fuel pump.

EBS016VT

SEF807Z

Removal and Installation


FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016VU

EC-1124

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .
A

EC

EC-1125

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP Description

PFP:16700
EBS016VV

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016VW

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1,700 - 1,900 mA 1,600 - 1,800 mA

PUMP CURRENT
q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016VX

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0885E

10

Y/L

Fuel pump power supply 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

EC-1126

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
q q

EC

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q q

G
EBS016VY

Possible cause Fuel pump Air mixed with fuel Lack of fuel Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel transport pump operation
EBS016VZ

P1273 1273

Fuel pump insufficient flow

ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure.

q q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1127

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016W0

TBWA0574E

EC-1128

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016W1

1. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP OPERATION


Perform Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump. Refer to EC-1197 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of Diagnostic Procedure for fuel transport pump.

EC

2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING


NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by performing following procedure. With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II. 5. Touch ERASE. 6. Perform EC-1127, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 7. Is DTC detected again? Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 5. Perform EC-1127, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 6. Is DTC displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> INSPECTION END

3. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness connectors.
L

PBIB1943E

3.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1129

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

6. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-1130, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7.

7. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value.Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2. Continuity should exist. If NG, replace fuel pump.

EBS016W2

SEF807Z

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EBS016W3

EC-1130

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS016W4

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016W5

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1,700 - 1,900 mA 1,600 - 1,800 mA

PUMP CURRENT
q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016W6

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0885E

10

Y/L

Fuel pump power supply 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

M
MBIB0886E

EC-1131

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

EBS016W7

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel pump Fuel rail pressure sensor
EBS016W8

P1274 1274

Fuel pump protection

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Tuning ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1132

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016W9

EC

TBWA0574E

EC-1133

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016WA

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness connectors.

PBIB1943E

3.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-1135, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value.Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1134

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC
EBS016WB

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Check continuity between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. Continuity should exist. If NG, replace fuel pump.

F
SEF807Z

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EBS016WC

EC-1135

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP Description

PFP:16700
EBS016WD

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016WE

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load 2,000 rpm Idle

SPECIFICATION 1,700 - 1,900 mA 1,600 - 1,800 mA

PUMP CURRENT
q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016WF

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0885E

10

Y/L

Fuel pump power supply 0 - 12.5V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

EC-1136

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
q q

EC

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump 0.5 - 1.0V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
q

G
EBS016WG

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) Fuel pump Fuel rail pressure sensor
EBS016WH

P1275 1275

Fuel pump exchange

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.

q q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1137

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016WI

TBWA0574E

EC-1138

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016WJ

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness connectors.

EC

PBIB1943E

3.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR


Refer to EC-1012, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel rail.

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP


Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP


1. 2. Replace fuel pump. Clear fuel pump learning value.Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1139

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL PUMP
1. 2. Check continuity between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. Continuity should exist. If NG, replace fuel pump.

EBS016WK

SEF807Z

Removal and Installation


FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-172, "FUEL PUMP" .

EBS016WL

EC-1140

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR Description


The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PFP:18002

A
EBS016WM

EC

D
PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN*
q

E
EBS016WN

CONDITION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

SPECIFICATION 0.2 - 0.7V 3.9 - 4.9V 0.1 - 0.4V 1.9 - 2.4V

ACCEL SEN 2*

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

H
EBS016WO

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 82 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)

K
[Ignition switch: ON] [Ignition switch: ON]
q

Approximately 5.3V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.5 - 1.0V

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

M
4.2 - 5.2V

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-1141

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully released

0.4 - 0.7V

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Engine stopped Accelerator pedal fully depressed

2.2 - 2.7V

92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.3V
EBS016WP

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. P2135 2135 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1, 2 signal correlation DTC detecting condition
q

Possible cause Harness or connectors (The APP sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Accelerator pedal position sensor
EBS016WQ

The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal and APP sensor 2 signal is out of the normal range.
q

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1142

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016WR

EC

TBWA0730E

EC-1143

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016WS

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1144

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR


[YD]

2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
PBIB1893E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 4, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

PBIB0560E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminals 3 and ECM terminal 84, APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 92. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I

4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EC-1146, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-1145

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR


[YD]

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Terminal 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal Fully released Fully depressed Fully released Fully depressed Voltage 0.5 - 1.0V 4.2 - 5.2V 0.4 - 0.7V 2.2 - 2.7V

EBS016WT

MBIB0615E

4.

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.


EBS016WU

Removal and Installation


ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1146

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY Component Description


The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

PFP:16600

A
EBS016WV

EC

D
PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

E
EBS016WW

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: Neutral position Idle speed No-load Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON

SPECIFICATION 0.68 - 0.78 msec 0.78 - 0.88 msec

MAIN INJ WID

q q

G
EBS016WX

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 5 - 10V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0883E

4 5

W/B G/B

Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

5 - 10V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0884E

EC-1147

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 9V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

21 22 23 24

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 3

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 9V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

40 41 42 43

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No. 1

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P2146 2146 P2149 2149 Trouble diagnosis name No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector power supply circuit open No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector power supply circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.
q

EBS016WY

Possible cause

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.

Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)

EC-1148

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016WZ

A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20C (-4F).

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

F
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1149

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016X0

TBWA0733E

EC-1150

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016X1

1. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal ECM 4 5 5 4 Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4
PBIB1896E

EC

Cylinder

Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G

2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
I

EC-1151

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT Component Description


The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

PFP:16600
EBS016X2

PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q

EBS016X3

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Shift lever: Neutral position Idle speed No-load Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON

SPECIFICATION 0.68 - 0.78 msec 0.78 - 0.88 msec

MAIN INJ WID

q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016X4

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 5 - 10V

[Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0883E

4 5

W/B G/B

Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

5 - 10V [Engine is running]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0884E

EC-1152

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 9V

[Engine is running]
q q

EC

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

21 22 23 24

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 3

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB0882E

[Engine is running]
q q

0 - 9V

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0881E

40 41 42 43

G/R GY/L G/R GY/L

Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No. 1

0 - 9V [Engine is running]
q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0882E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic


DTC No. P2147 2147 P2148 2148 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injector circuit low input Fuel injector circuit high input DTC detecting condition ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to ground. ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to power. Possible cause

EBS016X5

M
q

Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS016X6

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1153

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]
2. 3. 4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1154

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016X7

EC

TBWA0569E

EC-1155

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016X8

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws. Refer to EC-963, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB2020E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1156

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]

2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT


1. 2. 3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal Cylinder Fuel injector 3 No.1 4 ECM 42, 43 4 42,43 4 21, 22 3 No.2 4 5 21, 22 5 23, 24 3 No.3 4 5 23, 24 5 40, 41 3 No.4 4 4 40, 41 4 Continuity Should not exist Should exist Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist Should exist Should not exist Should not exist Should exist Should exist Should not exist
PBIB1896E

EC

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR


Refer to EC-1157, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel injector.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.

EBS016X9

EC-1157

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT


[YD]
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure. Continuity should exist. 3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

PBIB0406E

Removal and Installation


FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-168, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EBS016XA

EC-1158

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR


[YD]

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR Description


The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the microcomputer.

PFP:23731

A
EBS016XB

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. P2228 2228 P2229 2229 Trouble diagnosis name Barometric pressure sensor circuit low input Barometric pressure sensor circuit high input DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
q

E
EBS016XC

Possible cause

ECM

An excessively high voltage from the barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
EBS016XD

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1160, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1159, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .

EC-1159

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016XE

1. INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II. Touch ERASE. Perform EC-1159, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. Is DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-916 . 3. Perform EC-1159, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. 4. Is DTC 2228 or 2229 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. 2. 3. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-914, "NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-911, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1160

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Glow control Engine coolant temperature ECM Function

PFP:25230

A
EBS016XF

Actuator Glow lamp Glow relay Glow plugs

EC

When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80C (176F), the glow relay turns off. When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80C (176F): q Ignition switch ON After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug. q Cranking The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug. q Starting After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period in relation to engine coolant temperature. The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the time glow relay is turned ON.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Glow Plug


The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the glow relay.

K
SEF376Y

EC-1161

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016XG

TBWA0577E

EC-1162

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

TBWA0578E

EC-1163

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016XH

1. INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Correct.

2. CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut and all glow plug connecting plate nuts are installed properly. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Install properly.

SEF392YA

3. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION


With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Confirm that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates below 80C (176F). If it indicates above 80C (176F), cool down engine. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON, and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF. 1. 2.
SEF013Y

1. 2. 3. 4.

Without CONSULT-II Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 51 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. Confirm that the voltage indicates above 1.2V.If it indicates below 0.5V,cool down engine. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON, and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF.
PBIB2216E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-1164

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

4. CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-II Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Confirm that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates approximately 25C (77F). If NG, cool down engine. Turn ignition switch OFF. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

SEF013Y

6.

Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under the following conditions.
Conditions Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0V

For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON

H
PBIB0425E

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Without CONSULT-II Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 51 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. Confirm that the voltage indicates approximately 3.3V.If NG, cool down engine. Turn ignition switch OFF. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body. Turn ignition switch ON.

L
PBIB2216E

6.

Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under the following conditions.
Conditions Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0V

For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON

PBIB0425E

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1165

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

5. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed. Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-964, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . No >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION


Does combination meter operate normally? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .

7. CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect glow relay.

MBIB0078E

3.

Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB1413E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. 60A fusible link q Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery
q

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-1166

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

9. CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10.

EC

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors E64, F5 q Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E

11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect glow plug harness connector. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK GLOW RELAY


Refer to EC-1168, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace glow relay.

13. CHECK GLOW PLUG


Refer to EC-1168, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace glow plug.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1167

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Component Inspection
GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Operation takes less than 1 second. Continuity Yes No

EBS016XI

PBIB0428E

GLOW PLUG
1. 2. Remove glow plug connecting plate. Check glow plug resistance. Resistance: Approximately 0.8 [at 25C (77F)] NOTE: Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one. q If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one. q If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool. q Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
q

PBIB0429E

: 20.1 N-m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)

Removal and Installation


GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-163, "GLOW PLUG" .

EBS016XJ

EC-1168

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor Vehicle speed sensor* Engine coolant temperature sensor Ignition switch Accelerator pedal position sensor Mass air flow sensor Air conditioner switch* Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature Start signal Accelerator pedal position Amount of intake air Air conditioner operation EGR volume control ECM Function

PFP:14710

A
EBS016XK

Actuator

EC

C
EGR volume control valve

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions. q Engine stopped q Engine starting q Low engine coolant temperature q High engine speed q Accelerator pedal fully depressed

L
SEF908Y

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION EGR Volume Control Valve


The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular opening.

SEF411Y

EC-1169

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
q q

EBS016XL

CONDITION Engine: After warming up Air conditioner switch: OFF Shift lever: Neutral position No-load Revving engine from idle to 3,600 rpm 0 step After 1 minute at idle

SPECIFICATION More than 10 steps

EGR VOL CON/V


q q

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016XM

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. 25 26 27 28 WIRE COLOR GY W/L OR/B GY/B ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) 0.1 - 14V (Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume control valve.)

[Engine is running] EGR volume control valve


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed

EC-1170

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016XN

EC

TBWB0009E

EC-1171

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016XO

1. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM terminals 25, 26, 27, 28 and ground. Start engine and let it idle. Check the oscilloscope screen when revving engine up to 3,200 rpm and return to idle.

MBIB0617E

The pulse signal as shown in the figure should appear. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1901E

4.

Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2013E

EC-1172

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM q Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal 25 26 27 28 EGR volume control valve terminal 1 6 3 4

Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE


Refer to EC-1173, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.

6. CHECK EGR PASSAGE


Check the following for clogging and cracks. q EGR tube q EGR hose q EGR cooler OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.

EBS016XP

EC-1173

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]
2. Check resistance between the following terminals. q terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3 q terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6
Temperature C (F) 20 (68) Resistance 13 - 17

3. 4. 5.

If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2014E

6.

Perform EGR VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.

SEF819Y

If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve. NOTE: When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that the shaft is in the same position before checking.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.

EC-1174

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM


[YD]
2. Check resistance between the following terminals. q terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3 q terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6
Temperature C (F) 20 (68) Resistance 13 - 17

EC

3. 4. 5.

If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF.

G
PBIB2014E

6.

Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the ignition switch position. If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. NOTE: When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that the shaft is in the same position before checking.

SEF560W

Removal and Installation


EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EM-147, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EBS016XQ

EC-1175

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[YD]

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description


The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls vacuum signal to the turbocharger boost control actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.

PFP:14956
EBS016XR

MBIB0626E

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pressure rises.

PBIB1897E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016XS

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) 0 - 12.5V

[Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Warm-up condition Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

MBIB0889E

0 - 12.5V [Ignition switch: ON]


q q

Warm-up condition Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1176

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016XT

EC

TBWB0010E

EC-1177

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016XU

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. Start engine and let it idle. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator rod moves slightly when engine is started. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB1936E

2. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1897E

3.

Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1945E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors F30, M63 q Harness for open and short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and ECM relay q Harness for open and short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1178

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


[YD]

4. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3.

Turn ignition switch OFF. EC Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C Continuity should exist.
D

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


Refer to EC-1179, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. 2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.

EBS016XV

PBIB1897E

3.

Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
CONDITIONS Air passage continuity between A and B Yes No Air passage continuity between A and C No Yes

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply

Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

MBIB0996E

EC-1179

BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]

BRAKE SWITCH Description


The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control system.

PFP:25230
EBS016XW

PBIB1902E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM BRAKE SW
q

EBS016XX

CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016XY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF]
q

DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Brake pedal fully released

100

Stop lamp switch

[Ignition switch: OFF]


q

Brake pedal slightly depressed

EC-1180

BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016XZ

EC

TBWA0580E

EC-1181

BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016Y0

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select BRAKE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Check BRAKE SW signal under the following conditions.
Conditions Brake pedal fully released Brake pedal slightly depressed BRAKE SW OFF ON

PBIB0472E

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Brake pedal fully released Brake pedal slightly depressed Voltage Approximately 0V Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.


PBIB1946E

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB1902E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0117E

EC-1182

BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 15A fuse q Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 q Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Refer to EC-1183, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
H

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END
J K
EBS016Y1

Component Inspection
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB1902E

EC-1183

BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Conditions Brake pedal fully released Brake pedal slightly depressed Continuity Should not exist. Should exist.

If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB0118E

EC-1184

PNP SWITCH
[YD]

PNP SWITCH Description

PFP:32006

A
EBS016Y2

When the gear position is in Neutral, park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW
q

EBS016Y3

C
CONDITION SPECIFICATION ON OFF
EBS016Y4

Ignition switch: ON

Shift lever: Neutral position Except above

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] 110 G/OR Park/Neutral position switch
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

G
Gear position is Neutral Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

Except the above gear position

EC-1185

PNP SWITCH
[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016Y5

TBWA0581E

EC-1186

PNP SWITCH
[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016Y6

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Check P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position Neutral position Except the above position P/N POSI SW ON OFF

EC

E
SEF212Y

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the following conditions.
Shift lever position Neutral position Except the above position Voltage Approximately 0V Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.


PBIB1947E

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
K

PBIB1903E

EC-1187

PNP SWITCH
[YD]

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and PNP switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M63, F30 q Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


Refer to MT-14, "POSITION SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1188

PSP SWITCH
[YD]

PSP SWITCH Component Description


The power steering pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The ECM adjusts the fuel injector pulse width to increase the idle speed and adjust for the increased load.

PFP:49761

A
EBS016Y7

EC

D
PBIB1904E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode


Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM PW/ST SIGNAL
q

E
EBS016Y8

CONDITION Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Steering wheel is in neutral position. (Forward direction) Steering wheel is turned. OFF ON

SPECIFICATION

G
EBS016Y9

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 111 P/B Power steering pressure switch
q

DATA (DC Voltage)

J
Steering wheel is being turned Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
q

Steering wheel is not being turned

EC-1189

PSP SWITCH
[YD]

Wiring Diagram

EBS016YA

TBWA0583E

EC-1190

PSP SWITCH
[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016YB

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Check PW/ST SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Conditions Steering wheel is in neutral position Steering wheel is turned PW/ST SIGNAL OFF ON

EC

E
PBIB0434E

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground under the following conditions.
Conditions Steering wheel is in neutral position Steering wheel is turned Voltage Battery voltage Approximately 0V

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.


PBIB1948E

2. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect power steering pressure switch harness connector. Check harness continuity between power steering pressure switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
M K

PBIB1904E

3. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and power steering pressure switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

EC-1191

PSP SWITCH
[YD]

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connectors M63, F30 q Harness for open and short between power steering pressure switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH


Refer to EC-1192, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace power steering pressure switch.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
1. 2. Disconnect power steering pressure switch harness connector and then start engine. Check continuity between power steering pressure switch terminal 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Conditions Steering wheel is being fully turned. Steering wheel is not being turned. Continuity Yes No

EBS016YC

MBIB0624E

Removal and Installation


Refer to PS-35, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .

EBS016YD

EC-1192

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP Description


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Crankshaft position sensor Fuel level switch Input Signal to ECM Engine speed Fuel level ECM function Fuel transport pump control Actuator

PFP:17020

A
EBS016YE

EC

Fuel transport pump relay

C
Condition Engine is running. Engine is stopped. The remainder of the fuel in the fuel tank is less than specified value. Fuel transport pump operation Operates Stops Stops

Fuel supply entrance of fuel tank is at the left side of fuel tank. The duel at the right side of the fuel tank is sent to the left side of the fuel tank by fuel transport pump. When the ECM receives engine revolution signal from the crankshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump operate. If the remainder of the fuel at the right side of the fuel tank decreases, fuel level switch sends a signal to the ECM. When the ECM receives a signal from the fuel level switch, the ECM stops the operation of the pump. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel transport pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel transport pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel transport pump.

J
PBIB1887E

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Fuel Transport Pump


Fuel transport pump sends the fuel from right side of fuel tank to left side.

PBIB0469E

Fuel Level Switch


Fuel level switch is assembled in sub fuel level sensor unit. When the remainder of the fuel at the right side of the fuel tank is less than specified value, the switch is turned OFF.

EC-1193

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS016YF

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON]
q

DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

Some fuel is in the fuel tank

14

W/PU

Fuel level switch

[Ignition switch: ON]


q

No fuel is in the fuel tank

[Engine is running]
q

39

B/OR

Fuel transport pump relay


q

Some fuel is in the fuel tank

[Engine is running] No fuel is in the fuel tank

EC-1194

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

EBS016YG

EC

TBWA0590E

EC-1195

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0591E

EC-1196

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016YH

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect sub fuel level sensor unit harness connector. Remove sub fuel level sensor unit. Reconnect sub fuel level sensor unit harness connector.

EC

E
PBIB1944E

6.

Soak fuel level switch in fuel and check operating sound of fuel transport pump. Operating sound should exist.

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB2015E

2. CHECK FUEL TRASPORT PUMP FUNCTION


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Install suitable harness between ECM harness connector terminal 39 and ground. Turn ignition switch ON. Listen the fuel transport pump operating sound. Operating sound should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2016E

EC-1197

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

3. CHECK FUEL TRASPORT PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel transport pump relay. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1933E

4.

Check voltage between fuel transport pump relay terminals 1, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0471E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PERT


Check the following. q Harness connectors M17, B1 q Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1 q 15A fuse q Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel transport pump relay >> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel transport pump harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel transport pump relay terminal 3 and fuel transport pump terminal 1, fuel transport pump terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB1931E

EC-1198

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connector B22, B128 q Harness for open or short between fuel transport pump relay and fuel transport pump q Harness for open or short between fuel transport pump and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

7. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 39 and fuel transport pump relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNSTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connector M17, B1 (LHD models) q Harness connector M18, B2 (RHD models) q Harness connector M63, F30 q Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel transport pump relay >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP RELAY


Refer to EC-1200, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace fuel transport pump relay.
K

10. CHECK TRANSPORT PUMP


Refer to EC-1200, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace fuel transport pump.
M

EC-1199

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]

11. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect sub fuel level sensor unit harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and sub fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, sub fuel level sensor unit terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB1944E

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q Harness connector F30, M63 q Harness connector M78, B105 (LHD models) q Harness connectors M18, B2 (RHD models) q Harness for open or short between sub fuel level sensor unit and ground. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SWITCH


Refer to EC-1200, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace sub fuel level sensor unit.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following conitions.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Continuity Yes No

EBS016YI

PBIB0098E

EC-1200

FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP


[YD]
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
1. 2. 3. Remove fuel transport pump. Apply battery voltage between fuel transport pump terminal 1 and 2. Check operating sound of fuel transport pump under the following conditions.
Conditions 12V direct current supply between fuel transport pump terminals 1 and 2 No current supply Operating sound Yes No

EC

4. 1. 2.

Listen fuel transport pump operating sound.


D

FUEL LEVEL SWITCH


Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Check continuity between sub fuel level sensor unit terminal 2 and 4 under the following conditions.
Conditions Fuel level switch is soaked in fuel. Fuel level switch is not soaked in fuel. Continuity Yes No

PBIB2015E

Removal and Installation


FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
Refer to FL-25, "FUEL TANK" .

EBS016YJ

SUB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT


Refer to FL-21, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT" .
J

EC-1201

START SIGNAL
[YD]

START SIGNAL Wiring Diagram

PFP:48750
EBS016YK

TBWA0582E

EC-1202

START SIGNAL
[YD]

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS016YL

1. CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION


With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition Ignition switch ON Ignition switch START START SIGNAL OFF ON

EC

E
PBIB0433E

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Ignition switch ON Ignition switch START Voltage Approximately 0V Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.


PBIB1949E

2. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following. q 10A fuse q Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E102 q Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1203

START SIGNAL
[YD]

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to EC-953, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END

EC-1204

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[YD]

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR Wiring Diagram


LHD MODELS

PFP:24814

A
EBS01709

EC

TBWB0012E

EC-1205

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR


[YD]
RHD MODELS

TBWB0013E

EC-1206

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[YD]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) General Specifications


Engine Idle speed Maximum engine speed YD22DDTi 725 25 rpm 4,900 rpm

PFP:00100

A
EBS016YN

EC

Mass Air Flow Sensor


Supply voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) Battery voltage (11 - 14V) Approx. 0.4V 1.5 - 2.0V 2.2 - 2.7V

EBS016YO

E
EBS016YP

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Temperature C (F) 20 (68) 50 (122) 90 (194) Resistance k 2.1 - 2.9 0.68 - 1.00 0.236 - 0.260

G
EBS016YQ

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor


Supply voltage Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) Approximately 5V 1.7 - 2.0V 2.0 - 2.3V

I
EBS016YR

Glow Plug
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.8

J
EBS016YS

EGR Volume Control Valve


Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 13 - 17

K
EBS016YT

Crankshaft Position Sensor


Refer to EC-1059, "Component Inspection" .

L
EBS016YU

Camshaft Position Sensor


Refer to EC-1071, "Component Inspection" .

EC-1207

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[YD]

EC-1208

You might also like